As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2021.

 

Registration No. 333- 251959

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

AMENDMENT No. 5

To

 

FORM S-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

ALFI, INC.

 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   7370   82-5216957
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

429 Lenox Avenue

Suite 547

Miami Beach, Florida 33139

(305) 395-4520

 

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Paul Pereira

Chief Executive Officer

429 Lenox Avenue

Suite 547

Miami Beach, Florida 33139

(305) 395-4520

 

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

 

Andrew M. Tucker

Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP

101 Constitution Ave NW, Suite 900

Washington, DC 20001

Telephone: (202) 689-2800

 

Jolie Kahn, Esq.

12 East 49th Street

11th Floor

New York, New York 10017

Telephone: (516) 217-6739

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer x Smaller reporting company x
    Emerging growth company x

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to Be
Registered
  Amount to be
Registered
    Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price per share
    Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price (1)
    Amount of
Registration
Fee (2)
Shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (2)(3)(4)              $ 21,000,000    $ 2,291.10 
Warrants to purchase shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (3)(4)(5)                      
Shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share underlying  warrants (2)              $ 23,100,000    $  2,520.21 
Representative’s warrants (6)                      
Common stock underlying underwriters’ common stock purchase warrants(2)(7)             $ 1,312,500   $ 143.19 
Total             $ 45,412,500   $ 4,954.50(8) 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Pursuant to Rule 416, there are also being registered such indeterminable additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution as a result of stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(3) Includes shares the underwriter has the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(4) In accordance with Rule 457(i) under the Securities Act, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby.
(5) There will be issued warrants to purchase one share of common stock. The Warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 110% of the public offering price of one share of common stock.
(6) No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act.
(7) The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price. As estimated solely for the purpose of recalculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the underwriters’ warrants is equal to 125% of $1,050,000 (5% of $21,000,000).
(8) The Registrant previously paid $4,954.50 of this amount in connection with the prior filing of this Registration Statement.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

  

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
DATED MARCH 23 2021  

  

ALFI, INC.

 

 

3,000,000 Shares of Common Stock and 3,000,000

Warrants to Purchase up to Shares of Common Stock

 

This is a firm commitment initial public offering shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and an accompanying warrant to purchase one share our common stock (and the shares issuable from time to time upon exercise of the warrants) pursuant to this prospectus based at a combined assumed initial public offering between $5.00 and $7.00 (these assumptions are used throughout this preliminary prospectus). Each warrant will have an exercise price of $6.60  per share (equal to 110% of the offering price of the common stock and based on the mid-point of the assumed pricing range), will be exercisable upon issuance and will expire five years from issuance. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock or warrants.

 

The shares of common stock and warrants are immediately separable will be issued separately, but will be purchased together in this offering.

 

We have applied to list our common stock and warrants on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “ALF” and “ALFIW” respectively.

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

      Per Share and
Warrant
      Total  
Initial public offering price     $       $  
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)     $       $  
Proceeds to us, before expenses     $       $  

  

 

(1)     Does not include a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of this offering payable to Kingswood Capital Markets, the representative of the underwriters. We have also agreed to issue warrants to the representative of the underwriters. See “Underwriting” for a complete description of the compensation arrangements.

 

We have granted a 45-day option to the underwriters, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to an additional shares of common stock and/or additional warrants in any combination thereof, solely to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price of one share of common stock, less the underwriting discount.

 

The underwriter expects to deliver our shares and warrants against payment on or about               , 2021.

 

 

 

 

 

KINGSWOOD CAPITAL MARKETS

division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.

 

The date of this prospectus is           , 2021.

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 1
THE OFFERING 5
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA 7
RISK FACTORS 8
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 26
USE OF PROCEEDS 27
DIVIDEND POLICY 28
CAPITALIZATION 29
DILUTION 30
MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 32
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 33
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 34
BUSINESS 38
MANAGEMENT 47
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 53
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 54
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS 55
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK 56
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE 61
UNDERWRITING 64
LEGAL MATTERS 71
EXPERTS 71
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION 71
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

 

i 

 

 

 

You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our securities means that the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy our securities in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful or in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of its date regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of common stock.

 

No person is authorized in connection with this prospectus to give any information or to make any representations about us, the securities offered hereby or any matter discussed in this prospectus, other than the information and representations contained in this prospectus. If any other information or representation is given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by us.

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriter has done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from our own management estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information, our knowledge of our industry and assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. Our management’s estimates have not been verified by any independent source, and we have not independently verified any third-party information. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, not is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus is only accurate as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks and trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but the omission of such references is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable owner of these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

 

ii 

 

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety, including the “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and the notes to those financial statements in each case included in this prospectus.

 

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to ALFI, Inc., and its wholly owned, consolidated subsidiaries, or either or all of them as the context may require. References to “Alfi” refers to our proprietary, digital publishing platform serving intelligent, curated content using our sophisticated computer vision and machine learning technologies.

 

Overview

 

We provide solutions that bring transparency and accountability to the digital out of home, or “DOOH,” advertising marketplace. Alfi uses artificial intelligence and big data analytics to measure and predict human response. Our computer vision technology is powered by proprietary artificial intelligence, to determine the age, gender, ethnicity, geolocation and emotion of someone in front of an Alfi-enabled device, such as a tablet or kiosk. Alfi can then deliver in real-time, the advertisements to that particular viewer based on the viewer’s demographic and psychographic profile. Alfi delivers the right content, to the right person at the right time in a responsible and ethical manner. By delivering advertisements a viewer wants, we deliver our advertising customers the viewers they want and the result is higher click through rates, or CTRs and higher CPM, cost per thousand, rates.

 

Over the last two decades, the DOOH market has lagged relative to other methods of how brand owners and businesses connect with their followers or prospective customers. Previously, the DOOH market was neither transparent nor accountable to advertisers. Advertisers have had no idea who, if anyone, was actually seeing their ads, for how long their ads were being viewed, if the ad was welcomed by the viewer or if there was reaction to the advertisement. This lack of a consistent methodology for viewing results means that advertisers were risking significant marketing budgets without being able to determine if the ads were being seen by the appropriate target audience. In addition, the digital advertising market experiences extensive fraud, with Juniper Research forecasting that advertisers lost $42 billion in 2019 to fraud, a 21% increase from 2018. Digital advertising fraud occurs when an ad is displayed on either a fake website or to a ‘bot’ in an effort to inflate web traffic numbers, rather than on a legitimate web site viewed by a human being.

 

According to eMarketer, the DOOH and digital internet marketplace was a $373 billion market in 2019. OpenPR estimates that global outdoor advertising is projected to grow to $55.32 billion in 2025, a compound annual growth rate of 4.75%. Advertisers recognize that they need to make their decisions based on more comprehensive and accurate data to improve the efficiency of their advertising dollars. In other markets, customers have become accustomed to real time digital engagement by advertisers. However, in the DOOH marketplace advertisers could not effectively meet their customers desires, and did not know how to reach them efficiently. The data did not exist for them. According to studies published by Ascend2 and Research Partners in 2017, the most important data-driven marketing objectives cited by marketing professionals included:

 

  · Basing more decisions on data analysis (51%)
     
  · Integrating data across platforms (43%)
     
  · Enriching data quality and completeness (37%)
     
  · Attributing sales revenue to marketing (33%)
     
  · Segmenting target markets (34%)

 

Alfi solves the problems facing advertisers in the DOOH marketplace, as its proprietary technology is able to determine that when an advertisement was displayed, there was someone in front of the screen, as well as the basic demographic and psychographic characteristics of the viewer, such as age, gender, ethnicity and mood. Our computer vision technology allows Alfi to determine how a viewer interacted with the advertisement, and their emotion in seeing the advertisement, even if the viewer did not actually click through to the advertiser’s website for additional information. Our data rich reporting functionality informs the advertiser that someone viewed their ad, how many people viewed the ad, as well as each viewer’s reaction to the ad. Alfi gives large and small businesses access to data-driven insights by expanding advertising capabilities, analytical sophistication and delivering it all seamlessly over multiple devices. For instance, if a clothing brand wants to advertise to a 25 year old female, when our AI detects a person who fits that demographic, the advertisement will be served in real-time to the appropriate target viewer. Alfi continues to learn and improve by refining the advertisements seen by viewers with each successive interaction on any Alfi-enabled device. The more data it processes, the better the accuracy and predictive value Alfi achieves.

 

 

1

 

 

 

Alfi has created an enterprise grade, multimedia computer vision and machine learning platform, generating powerful advertising recommendations and insights. Multiple technologies work together in Alfi with viewer privacy and reporting objectives as our two goals. Alfi uses a facial fingerprinting process to make demographic determinations. As such, Alfi makes no attempt to identify the individual in front of the screen. Brand owners don’t need to know your name and invade your privacy to gain a deeper understanding of the consumers who view their content. By providing age, gender, ethnicity and geolocation information, brand owners have all of the data they need for meaningful interaction. The artificial intelligence and machine learning components of Alfi also gather retina tracking data, keyword recognition and voice intonation without compromising the privacy of the end-user. From an analytics perspective, these data points give meaningful reporting instead of arbitrary calculations of ad engagement.

 

Alfi solves the problem of providing real time, accurate and rich reporting on customer demographics, usage, interactivity and engagement while never storing any personal identifiable information. No viewer is ever required, or requested by us, to enter any information about themselves on any Alfi-enabled device. Alfi was designed to be fully compliant with all privacy regulations. Alfi is fully compliant with the General Data Protection Regulation, in Europe, California Consumer Privacy Act, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.

 

Our initial focus is to place our Alfi-enabled devices in rideshares and airports. According to Harvard Business School study published in February 2018, Americans are estimated to have spent more than 37 billion hours waiting. Alfi has been beta testing Alfi-enabled devices in these locations to determine market receptivity to smart screens. From our testing, Alfi has been able to achieve CTRs, of between 6% and 9%, but believes it could consistently achieve CTRs exceeding 15% as Alfi-enabled devices are deployed more widely. By comparison, according to Acquiso in 2018, the average CTR for a display banner ad was less than 1%.

 

Since creating our platform, we have performed more than 12 separate pilots deploying over 1,000 devices, with a duration up to 52 weeks achieving a range of CTRs in excess of 15%. We achieved CTRs in excess of 15% in our case studies by varying certain times of the day and types of content. For example, in one hotel trial, we achieved CTRs ranging from 13.7% to 16.1% for specific ads during a rolling two-hour test window for seven days (168 hours). These performance results demonstrate our ability to apply time-of-day ad presentation factors, which widens the peaks of CTR activity, and demonstrates more fully the power of Alfi’s ad recommendation system.  Moreover, as CTR increase with specific ad types, Alfi’s algorithms will automatically select ads to present that achieve increase CTRs. Overall, we believe that Alfi’s CTRs performance can increase, based on a number of factors, which can achieve CTRs in excess of 15% continuously by:

 

Using relevant up-to-date content from paying advertisers, the content will be more relevant and look aesthetically pleasing to the eye.
     
Applying a diverse library of content assets that Alfi will display to the relevant viewer more appealing ads based on our recommendation engine.
     
Incentivizing advertisers to make their content engaging and attractive through gamifying pricing and other inspirational activities currently used on the web by ad providers like Facebook.
     
Continuously improving Alfi’s cutting-edge recommendation presentation because the system automatically collects user responses and modifies what the view sees accordingly.
     
Adding to the suite of Alfi’s machine learning modules triggers that provide the users the ability to apply refined demographics and other identified factors, such as time of day, location, eye focus, etc., to effectively improve Alfi’s ad delivery and recommendation system.

 

Moreover, our pilots demonstrate that increased performance is realized with increased content, time, devices, clients and system feedback as it pertains to each specific devise depending on its inventory of ads available to present.

 

We anticipate generating revenue from our Alfi-enabled devices not later than the second quarter of 2021. Currently, we intend to charge customers solely based on a CPM, or ads delivered, model. As we continue to prove Alfi in the market, we expect to charge customers based on a combination of CPM and CTR, and that we will generate higher CPM rates than typical DOOH advertising platforms because we will only deliver ads to the customer’s desired demographic. In addition, we will provide the aggregated data to the brands so they can make more informed advertising decisions.

 

Our Strategy

 

The main elements of our growth strategy are:

 

  · Increase distribution to increase revenue. We began delivering our Alfi-enabled tablets and kiosks in November 2020. As we deliver more devices, we will deliver more ads and derive more revenues.
     
  · Continue technological innovation. The enhancements we continue to make to Alfi will allow us to improve the viewer experience and to deliver better data to our advertiser-customers, while we remain focused on protecting viewer privacy.
     
  · Diversify revenue streams. As Alfi gathers more data, we intend to sell that data to advertisers that do not use the Alfi platform, which will attract additional advertisers, as well as generating additional advertising revenue. In addition, we intend to enter into joint venture agreements with store-based brands to provide Ali-enabled devices in their stores to enhance their customer’s experience.
     
  · License Alfi to other DOOH platform providers. Alfi is a robust, hosted software platform that we intend to make it available on a software as a service, or SaaS, basis to other DOOH advertising providers.
     
  · Pursue potential acquisitions. We will look to acquire additional technologies that will improve Alfi or companies that allow us to increase our market penetration with strategic “launch pads” that have legacy infrastructure incapable of being as intelligent and interactive as Alfi or offer additional products or services to our customers.

 

 

2

 

 

 

Risks Associated with our Business

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Listed below is a summary of some of the principal risks related to our business:

 

  · We have not generated any revenues from our operations, and we may never generate revenues.
     
  · We have a history of operating losses, and we expect to incur additional operating losses in the future.
     
  · The industry in which we operate is highly competitive and nearly all of our competitors have significantly greater resources.
     
  · Our technology could be viewed as violating various regulations regarding privacy and data collection, or such regulations could change, requiring us to spend resources redesigning our solutions or possibly prevent us from offering our solutions.

 

  · There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
     
  · We may experience fluctuations in our operating results, which could make our future operating results difficult to predict or cause our operating results to fall below analysts’ and investors’ expectations.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida in April 2018 under the name Lectrefy, Inc. We reincorporated in the State of Delaware in January 2020 and changed our name to Alfi, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 429 Lenox Avenue, Suite 547, Miami Beach, Florida 33139. Our phone number is (305) 395-4520. Our website address is www.getalfi.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website to be part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to:

 

  · an exemption from complying with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Section 404;
     
  · a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related selected financial data and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure;
     
  · reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and
     
  · an exemption from the requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and new executive compensation arrangements entered into in connection with a merger, acquisition, consolidation, proposed sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

 

3

 

 

 

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if any of the following events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, (i) our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion, (ii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period or (iii) we become a “large accelerated filer,” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. We will be deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” at such time that we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700.0 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, for a period of at least 12 months and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

 

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period.

 

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies until the fiscal year following the determination that our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is more than $250 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenues are less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is more than $700 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

 

 

4

 

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us:   3,000,000 shares.
     
Warrants offered by us:   Warrants to purchase up to 3,000,000 shares of our common stock. The warrants are exercisable immediately, and will be issued separately in this offering, but will be purchased together in this offering. The exercise price of the warrants is $ 6.60  per share (110% of the public offering price of one share of common stock based on assumed offering price of $6.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Each warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock, subject to adjustment in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations or similar events affecting our common stock as described herein. A holder may not exercise any portion of a warrant to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates and any other person or entity acting as a group, would own more than 4.99% of the outstanding common stock after exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrants, except that upon notice from the holder to us, the holder may waive such limitation up to a percentage, not in excess of 9.99%. Each warrant will be exercisable immediately upon issuance and will expire five years after the initial issuance date. The terms of the warrants will be governed by a Warrant Agreement, dated as of the effective date of this offering, between us and VStock Transfer, LLC as the warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”). This prospectus also relates to the offering of the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. For more information regarding the Warrants, you should carefully read the section titled “Description of Capital Stock — Securities Offered in this Offering” in this prospectus.
     
Common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering:  

10,591,581 shares assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

     
Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and/or warrants from us:   We have granted a 45-day option to the underwriters, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to an additional 450,000 shares of common stock and/or 450,000 additional warrants in any combination thereof, solely to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price of one share of common stock, less the underwriting discount.
     
Use of proceeds:  

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $15.9 million, or approximately $18.3 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming a combined initial public offering price of $6.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, to repay certain outstanding indebtedness in an amount of (i) $2,500,000 plus accrued interest under a loan from Lee Aerospace, (ii) $2,250,0000 plus accrued and unpaid interest on any amounts advanced under the bridge loan agreements between us, Lee Aerospace, our CEO, CFO and Rachael Pereira, the wife of our CEO, (iii) to acquire the balance of any of our Alfi-enabled tablets acquired by Lee Aerospace on our behalf that have not been acquired with the proceeds of the bridge loan, and the remaining amounts for product launch, general corporate purposes, including working capital, business development, sales and marketing activities and capital expenditures. See “Use of Proceeds” below.

     
Dividend policy:   We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock. 
     
Risk factors:   An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, before investing in our common stock before deciding to invest in shares of our securities.
     
Representative’s Warrants:   We will issue to Kingswood Capital Markets, division of Benchmark Investments, Inc., as representative of the underwriters or its designees at the closing of this offering warrants purchasing the number of shares of common stock equal to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in this offering. The representative’s warrant will be exercisable immediately and will expire five years after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering. The exercise price of the representative’s warrant will equal 125% of the public offering price per share. See “Underwriting.”
     
Proposed NASDAQ Capital Market Symbol:   We have applied to list our common stock and warrants on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ALF” and “ALFIW”, respectively. No assurance can be given that our application will be approved.
     
Lock-up  

We, our directors, officers and all of our existing shareholders owning more than 3% of our common stock have agreed with the underwriter not to offer for sale, issue, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock as described in further detail in the prospectus, for a period of 365 days after the date of this prospectus with respect to us and 180 days with respect to our directors, officers and existing stockholders owning more than 3% of our common stock. See “Underwriting.”

 

 

5

 

 

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 7,591,581 shares of common stock outstanding at February 26, 2021, and excludes the following:

 

  ·

670,377 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of our outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $1.19 per share;

     
  ·

450,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional common stock to cover over-allotments;

     
  ·

3,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants at a price of $6.60 per share;

     
  ·

150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants at a price of $7.50 per share;

     
 

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes:

     
  ·

the issuance of 3,150,057 shares of our common stock upon conversion of our outstanding Series Seed Preferred Stock;

     
  ·

a 1.260023 to 1 forward stock split effected on March 1, 2021; and

     
  · the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

 

6

 

 

 

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table summarizes our financial data. We derived the summary financial data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 from our audited condensed financial statements and related notes contained in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the information presented below together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our condensed financial statements, the notes to those statements and the other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

Summary of Operations

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Revenues     -0-       -0-  
Cost of sales     (331,110 )     -0-  
Operating expenses     (3,314,767 )     (22,166 )
Other income (expense)     86,918       88,901  
Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes     (3,558,959 )     66,735  
Provision for income taxes     -0-       -0-  
Net income (loss) after provision for income taxes     (3,558,959 )     66,735  

  

Condensed Balance Sheet

 

  As of December 31, 2020  
  Actual     As Adjusted  
  (Audited)     (Unaudited)  
Cash   $ 8,335     $ 12,171,735  
Total Current Assets     1,839,128       12,180,863  
Total Assets     7,452,730       17,794,465  
Total Current Liabilities     6,421,825       855,225  
Total Non-Current Liabilities     -0-       -0-  
Total Liabilities     6,421,825       855,225  
Working Capital (Deficit)     (4,582,697 )     11,325,638  
Series Seed Preferred Shares     2,500,000       -0-  
Common stock     444       1,059  
Additional paid in capital     2,024,871       22,524,256  
Accumulated surplus (deficit)     (3,494,410 )     (5,494,410 )
Total Stockholders’ Equity   $ 1,030,905     $ 16,930,905  

 

The as adjusted column in the balance sheet data above gives effect to (i) the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock and warrants to be sold for cash in this offering at the assumed combined public offering price of $6.00 per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as if the sale had occurred on December 31, 2020 and (ii) the use of proceeds to pay our outstanding indebtedness and acquire additional Alfi-enabled tablets as described in “Use of Proceeds”.

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed combined public offering price of $6.00 per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our shareholder’s equity, as adjusted, after this offering by approximately $2.73 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remain the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares of common stock and warrants we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares of common stock and accompanying warrants offered by us would increase (decrease) our shareholder’s equity, as adjusted, after this offering by approximately $546,000, assuming that the assumed public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

7

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our common stock is speculative and involves a high degree of risk including the risk of a loss of your entire investment. You should carefully consider the following risk factors These risk factors contain, in addition to historical information, forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. The occurrence of any of the adverse developments described in the following risk factors and in the documents incorporated herein by reference could materially and adversely harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In such event, the value of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or a substantial portion of the money that you pay for our common stock. In addition, the risks and uncertainties discussed below are not the only ones we face. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material, and these risks and uncertainties could result in a complete loss of your investment. In assessing the risks and uncertainties described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus (as supplemented or amended).

 

For a summary of our Risk Factors, see “Prospectus Summary – Risks Associated with our Business.”

 

Risks Related to Our Company

 

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, including the resulting global economic uncertainty and measures taken in response to the pandemic, has already impacted our business model and could materially impact our business and future results of operations and financial condition in the future.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted almost all business and governments, including individuals around the world. The impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic will be difficult to estimate or predict, as currently there is no vaccine or cure. It is even more difficult to predict the impact on the global economic market, which will depend upon the actions taken by governments, businesses, and other enterprises in response to the pandemic. The pandemic has already caused, and is likely to result in further, significant disruption of global financial markets and economic uncertainty. Adverse market conditions resulting from the spread of COVID-19 could materially adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock.

 

Our customers or potential customers, particularly in industries most impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, including the retail, restaurant, hotel, hospitality, consumer discretionary, airline, and oil and gas industries and companies whose customers operate in impacted industries, may reduce their technology or sales and marketing spending or delay their sales transformation initiatives, which could materially and adversely impact our business.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused us to delay the roll-out of our Alfi-enabled tablets and has forced us to develop touchless technology so that people in our initial markets, rideshares and airports will use our devices. We cannot be certain that this will be sufficient to allow customers to use our Alfi-enabled tablets as we intend. This may make us more reliant on our ability to sell Alfi as a SaaS platform and cause us to lose revenue from direct ad sales by us.

 

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects and may increase the risks associated with your investment.

 

We were formed in April 2018, and began developing Alfi at that time. We have not generated any revenues from the sales of Alfi to date. We were initially focused on delivering Alfi through our patented tablet as well as kiosks and other devices; however, we are now expanding our revenue model to include delivering Alfi as a SaaS software product. We cannot assure you that we will be able to operate our business successfully or implement our operating policies and strategies as described above. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and challenges frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly developing industries, including risks related to our ability to:

 

  · build a reputation for providing a superior platform and customer service, and for creating trust and long-term relationships with customers;

 

  · identifying a revenue model that will allow us to develop predictable revenues;

 

  · distinguish ourselves from competitors;

 

  · develop and offer a competitive platform that meets our customers’ needs as they change;

 

8

 

 

  · improve our current operational infrastructure and non-platform technology to support significant growth and to respond to the evolution of our market and competitors’ developments;

 

  · maintain and expand our relationships with suppliers of quality advertising;

 

  · respond to evolving industry standards and government regulation that impact our business;

 

  · prevent or mitigate failures or breaches of security;

 

  · expand our business internationally; and

 

  · hire and retain qualified and motivated employees.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in addressing these and other challenges we may face in the future. If we are unable to do so, our business may suffer, our revenue and operating results may decline and we may not be able to achieve further growth or sustain profitability.

 

Although we formed our Company on April 4, 2018, we have continuously developed our business model through the development of our technology as an early stage company but have not yet commenced large scale operations in our business. We expect to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future.

 

We were incorporated on April 4, 2018, and to date have been involved primarily in organization activities and technology development. The Company currently has no revenues and does not have any history of revenue generating operations. We have recently commenced business operations, but have performed beta tests and other marketing trials of our products and services. Further, we have not yet fully developed our business plan, or our management team, although we have targeted and assembled certain intellectual property and real or intangible property rights. Accordingly, we have no way to evaluate the likelihood that our business will be successful. We have not earned any revenues as of the date of this prospectus. Potential investors should be aware of the difficulties normally encountered by a new market online sales activity and the high rate of failure for such enterprises. The likelihood of success must be considered in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, problems, expenses, difficulties, complications and delays encountered in connection with the operations that we plan to undertake. These potential problems include, but are not limited to, unanticipated problems relating to our proposed tablet, app and on-line development, market acceptance of Alfi by businesses, and challenges relating to bringing potential vendors to participate and additional costs and expenses that may exceed current estimates. We expect to incur significant losses into the foreseeable future. We recognize that if the effectiveness of our business plan is not forthcoming we will not be able to continue business operations. There is no operating history upon which to base any assumption as to the likelihood that we will prove successful and it is doubtful that we will generate any operating revenues or ever achieve profitable operations. If we are unsuccessful in addressing these risks, our business will most likely fail.

 

There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 included an explanatory paragraph expressing management’s assessment and conclusion that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the financial statement issuance date, citing our recurring losses and cash used from operations among other factors. Our ability to continue as a going concern will be determined by our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to sustain our operations and/or raise additional capital in the form of debt or equity financing. We believe that the inclusion of a going concern explanatory paragraph in the report of our registered public accounting firm will make it more difficult for us to secure additional financing or enter into strategic relationships with distributors on terms acceptable to us, if at all, and likely will materially and adversely affect the terms of any financing that we might obtain. Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

The Company has negative cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

 

The Company had negative operating cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. To the extent that the Company has negative operating cash flow in future periods, it may need to allocate a portion of its cash reserves to fund such negative cash flow. The Company may also be required to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or debt securities. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to generate a positive cash flow from its operations, that additional capital or other types of financing will be available when needed or that these financings will be on terms favorable to the Company.

 

9

 

 

The Company’s actual financial position and results of operations may differ materially from the expectations of the Company’s management.

 

The Company’s actual financial position and results of operations may differ materially from management’s expectations. As a result, the Company’s revenue, net income and cash flow may differ materially from the Company’s projected revenue, net income and cash flow. The process for estimating the Company’s revenue, net income and cash flow requires the use of judgment in determining the appropriate assumptions and estimates. These estimates and assumptions may be revised as additional information becomes available and as additional analyses are performed. In addition, the assumptions used in planning may not prove to be accurate, and other factors may affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our business practices with respect to data could give rise to liabilities, restrictions on our business or reputational harm as a result of evolving governmental regulation, legal requirements or industry standards relating to consumer privacy and data protection.

 

In the course of providing our solutions, we collect, transmit and store information which is related to and seeks to correlate internet-connected devices, user activity and the ads we place. Federal, state and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, processing, retention, sharing and security of data that we collect across our advertising solutions. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, policies and legal obligations relating to privacy and data collection, processing use and disclosure. However, the applicability of specific laws may be unclear in some cases and domestic and foreign government regulation and enforcement of data practices and data tracking technologies is expansive, not clearly defined and rapidly evolving. In addition, it is possible that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is new or inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. Any actual or perceived failure by us to comply with U.S. federal, state or international laws, including laws and regulations regulating privacy, data, security or consumer protection, or disclosure or unauthorized access by third parties to this information, could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, competitors, private parties or others. Any proceedings or actions against us alleging violations of consumer or data protection laws or asserting privacy-related theories could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, adversely affect the demand for our solutions and ultimately result in the imposition of monetary liability. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless our customers from the costs or consequences of litigation resulting from using our solutions or from the disclosure of confidential information, which could damage our reputation among our current and potential customers, require significant expenditures of capital and other resources and cause us to lose business and revenue.

 

The regulatory framework for privacy issues is evolving worldwide, and various government and consumer agencies and public advocacy groups have called for new regulation and changes in industry practices, including some directed at the digital advertising industry in particular. It is possible that new laws and regulations will be adopted in the United States and internationally, or existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in new ways, that would affect our business, particularly with regard to collection or use of data to target ads and communication with consumers and the international transfer of data from Europe to the U.S. The U.S. government, including the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Commerce, has announced that it is reviewing the need for greater regulation of the collection of consumer information, including regulation aimed at restricting some targeted advertising practices. In Europe, in October 2015 the Court of Justice of the European Union invalidated the “US-EU Safe Harbor framework,” which created a safe harbor under the European Data Protection Directive for certain European data transfers to the U.S. We had not self-certified under this regime, and therefore were not directly affected by this decision. In July 2016, the European Commission approved the Privacy Shield, which is a set of principles and related rules that are intended to replace the US-EU Safe harbor framework. The Company is in the process of determining whether to join the Privacy Shield program. Stricter regulation of European data transfers to U.S. in future may impact our ability to serve European customers effectively, or require us to open and operate data centers in the European Union which would result in a higher cost of doing business in these jurisdictions.

 

In particular, Europe’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) extends the jurisdictional scope of European data protection law. As a result, we will be subject to the GDPR when we provide our targeting services in Europe. The GDPR imposes stricter data protection requirements that may necessitate changes to our services and business practices. Potential penalties for non-compliance with the GDPR include administrative fines of up to 4% of annual worldwide turnover. Complying with any new regulatory requirements could force us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner that could reduce our revenue or compromise our ability to effectively pursue our growth strategy.

 

10

 

 

The FTC has also adopted revisions to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (“COPPA”) that expands liability for the collection of information by operators of websites and other electronic solutions that are directed to children. Questions exist as to how regulators and courts may interpret the scope and circumstances for potential liability under COPPA, and the FTC continues to provide guidance and clarification as to its 2013 revisions of COPPA. FTC guidance or enforcement precedent may make it difficult or impractical for us to provide advertising on certain websites, services or applications. In addition, the FTC recently fined an ad network for certain methods of collecting and using data from mobile applications, including certain applications directed at children, and failing to disclose the data collection to mobile application developers in their network.

 

While we have not collected data that is traditionally considered personal data, such as names, email addresses, physical addresses, phone numbers or social security numbers, we typically collect and store nonspecific data regarding age, ethnicity and gender or geo-location information, and device or other persistent identifiers that are or may be considered personal data in some jurisdictions or otherwise may be the subject of legislation or regulation. For example, some jurisdictions in the EU regard IP addresses as personal data, and certain regulators, such as the California Attorney General’s Office, have advocated for including IP addresses, GPS-level geolocation data, and unique device identifiers as personal data under California law. Furthermore, Europe’s GDPR makes clear that online identifiers (such as IP addresses and other device identifiers) will be treated as “personal data” going forward and therefore subject to stricter data protection rules.

 

Evolving definitions of personal data within the EU, the United States and elsewhere, especially relating to the classification of IP addresses, machine or device identifiers, geo-location data and other such information, may cause us to change our business practices, diminish the quality of our data and the value of our solution, and hamper our ability to expand our offerings. Our failure to comply with evolving interpretations of applicable laws and regulations, or to adequately protect personal data, could result in enforcement action against us or reputational harm, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition to compliance with government regulations, we voluntarily participate in trade associations and industry self-regulatory groups that promulgate best practices or codes of conduct addressing the provision of internet advertising. We could be adversely affected by changes to these guidelines and codes in ways that are inconsistent with our practices or in conflict with the laws and regulations of U.S. or international regulatory authorities. For instance, new guidelines, codes, or interpretations, by self-regulatory organizations or government agencies, may require additional disclosures, or additional consumer consents, such as “opt-in” permissions to share, link or use data, such as health data from third parties, in certain ways. If we fail to abide by, or are perceived as not operating in accordance with, industry best practices or any industry guidelines or codes with regard to privacy, our reputation may suffer and we could lose relationships with advertisers and digital media properties.

 

Economic downturns and market conditions beyond our control could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Our business depends on the overall demand for advertising and on the economic health of advertisers and publishers that benefit from our platform. Economic downturns or unstable market conditions such as those potentially created by the outbreak of COVID-19 discussed above, may cause advertisers to decrease their advertising budgets, which could reduce spend though our platform and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

The loss of key personnel or the inability of replacements to quickly and successfully perform in their new roles could adversely affect our business.

 

We depend on the leadership and experience of our relatively small number of key executive management personnel, particularly our Chief Executive Officer, Paul Pereira, Chief Financial Officer, Dennis McIntosh, Chief Business Development Officer, John Cook, and our Chief Technology Officer, Charles Raglan Pereira. The loss of the services of these key executives or any of our executive management members could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, as we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace such personnel on a timely basis or without incurring increased costs, or at all. Furthermore, if we lose or terminate the services of one or more of our key employees or if one or more of our current or former executives or key employees joins a competitor or otherwise competes with us, it could impair our business and our ability to successfully implement our business plan. Additionally, if we are unable to hire qualified replacements for our executive and other key positions in a timely fashion, our ability to execute our business plan would be harmed. Even if we can quickly hire qualified replacements, we would expect to experience operational disruptions and inefficiencies during any transition. We believe that our future success will depend on our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. There is a high level of competition for experienced, successful personnel in our industry. Our inability to meet our executive staffing requirements in the future could impair our growth and harm our business. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on any of our officers or employees.

 

11

 

 

We rely on highly skilled personnel and, if we are unable to attract, retain or motivate substantial numbers of qualified personnel or expand and train our sales force, we may not be able to grow effectively.

 

Our success largely depends on the talents and efforts of key technical, sales and marketing employees and our future success depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel for all areas of our organization. Competition in our industry is intense and often leads to increased compensation and other personnel costs. In addition, competition for employees with experience in our industry can be intense where our research and development operations are concentrated and where other technology companies compete for management and engineering talent. Our continued ability to compete and grow effectively depends on our ability to attract substantial numbers of qualified new employees and to retain and motivate our existing employees.

 

If we do not effectively grow and train our sales and support teams, we may be unable to add new customers or increase sales to our existing customers and our business will be adversely affected.

 

We are substantially dependent on our sales and support teams to obtain new customers and to increase spend by our existing customers. We believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, integrating and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth. Due to the complexity of our platform, new hires require significant training and it may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. If we are unable to hire and train sufficient numbers of effective sales personnel, or the sales personnel are not successful in obtaining new customers or increasing our existing customers’ spend with us, our business will be adversely affected.

 

We operate in an intensively competitive industry, and we may not be able to compete successfully.

 

The digital video advertising market is intensely competitive, with many companies providing competing solutions. We will compete with Google (YouTube and DoubleClick), The Trade Desk and Facebook as well as many ad exchanges, demand-side platforms for advertisers and ad networks. We also face competition from direct response (search-based) advertisers who seek to target brands. Many of our competitors are significantly larger than we are and have more capital to invest in their businesses. Our competitors may establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with advertisers, or other parties, which limit our ability to promote our solutions and generate revenue. For example, advertiser customers that adopt demand-side advertiser platforms disrupt our direct customer relationship with those customers. Competitors could also seek to gain market share by reducing the prices they charge to publishers or advertisers, introducing products and solutions that are similar to ours or introducing new technology tools for advertisers and digital media properties. Moreover, increased competition for video advertising inventory from digital media properties could result in an increase in the portion of advertiser revenue that we must pay to digital media property owners to acquire that advertising inventory.

 

Some large advertising agencies that represent advertising customers have their own relationships with digital media properties and can directly connect advertisers with digital media properties. Our business will suffer to the extent that our advertisers and digital media properties purchase and sell advertising inventory directly from one another or through other companies that act as intermediaries between advertisers and digital media properties. Other companies that offer analytics, mediation, ad exchange or other third party solutions have or may become intermediaries between advertisers and digital media properties and thereby compete with us. Any of these developments would make it more difficult for us to sell our solutions and could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses or the loss of market share.

 

If we do not successfully address these risks, our revenue could decline, our costs could increase, and our ability to pursue our growth strategy and attain profitability could be compromised.

 

12

 

 

Further, we derive our revenue from the digital advertising industry, which is rapidly evolving, highly competitive, complex and fragmented. We face significant competition in this market which we expect will intensify in the future.

 

We currently compete for advertising spend with large, well-established companies as well as smaller, privately-held companies. Some of our larger competitors with more resources may be better positioned to execute on advertising campaigns conducted over multiple channels such as social media, mobile and video.

 

We may also face competition from companies that we do not yet know about or do not yet exist. If existing or new companies develop, market or resell competitive high-value marketing products or services, acquire one of our existing competitors or form a strategic alliance with one of our competitors, our ability to compete effectively could be significantly compromised and our results of operations could be harmed.

 

Our current and potential competitors may have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have, allowing them to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products and services. They may also have more extensive advertiser bases and broader publisher relationships than we have, and may have longer operating histories and greater name recognition. As a result, these competitors may be better able to respond quickly to new technologies, develop deeper advertiser relationships or offer services at lower prices. Any of these developments would make it more difficult for us to sell our platform and could result in increased pricing pressure, increased sales and marketing expense or the loss of market share.

 

If we fail to innovate and make the right investment decisions in Alfi, we may not attract and retain advertisers and our revenue and results of operations may decline.

 

Our industry is subject to rapid and frequent changes in technology, evolving customer needs and the frequent introduction by our competitors of new and enhanced offerings. We must constantly make investment decisions regarding our offerings and technology to meet customer demand and evolving industry standards. We may make wrong decisions regarding these investments. If new or existing competitors have more attractive offerings or functionalities, we may lose customers or customers may decrease their use of our platform. New customer demands, superior competitive offerings or new industry standards could require us to make unanticipated and costly changes to our platform or business model. If we fail to adapt to our rapidly changing industry or to evolving customer needs, demand for our platform could decrease and our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

Seasonal fluctuations in digital advertising activity could adversely affect our cash flows.

 

Our cash flows from operations vary from quarter to quarter due to the seasonal nature of advertiser spending. For example, many advertisers devote a disproportionate amount of their advertising budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year to coincide with increased holiday purchasing. If and to the extent that seasonal fluctuations become more pronounced, or are not offset by other factors, our operating cash flows could fluctuate materially from period to period as a result.

 

Our sales efforts with advertisers require significant time and expense.

 

Attracting new advertisers requires substantial time and expense, and we may not be successful in establishing new relationships or in maintaining or advancing our current relationships. For example, it may be difficult to identify, engage and market to potential advertisers who do not currently spend on digital video advertising or are unfamiliar with our current solutions.

 

The novelty of our solutions and our business model often requires us to spend substantial time and effort educating our own sales force and potential advertisers, advertising agencies and digital media properties about our offerings, including providing demonstrations and comparisons against other available solutions. This process is costly and time-consuming. If we are not successful in targeting, supporting and streamlining our sales processes, our ability to grow our business may be adversely affected.

 

13

 

 

As our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to sustain profitability.

 

We have expended significant resources to grow our business in recent years by increasing the offerings of our platform, growing our number of employees and expanding internationally. We anticipate continued growth that could require substantial financial and other resources to, among other things:

 

  · develop our platform, including by investing in our engineering team, creating, acquiring or licensing new products or features, and improving the availability and security of our platform;

 

  · expand internationally by growing our sales force and customer services team in an effort to increase our customer base and spend through our platform, and by adding inventory and data from countries our customers are seeking;

 

  · improve our technology infrastructure, including investing in internal technology development and acquiring outside technologies;

 

  · cover general and administrative expenses, including legal, accounting and other expenses necessary to support a larger organization;

 

  · cover sales and marketing expenses, including a significant expansion of our direct sales organization;

 

  · cover expenses relating to data collection and consumer privacy compliance, including additional infrastructure, automation and personnel; and

 

  · explore further strategic acquisitions.

 

Investing in the foregoing, however, may not yield anticipated returns. Consequently, as our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to sustain profitability.

 

The loss of advertisers as customers could significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our customer base consists primarily of advertisers. We do not have exclusive relationships with advertising agencies or companies that are advertisers, such that we largely depend on agencies to work with us as they embark on advertising campaigns for advertisers. The loss of agencies as customers and referral sources could significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition. If we fail to maintain satisfactory relationships with an advertising agency, we risk losing business from the advertisers represented by that agency. Furthermore, advertisers may change advertising agencies. If an advertiser switches from an agency that uses us to one that does not, we will lose revenue from that advertiser.

 

Our software could be susceptible to errors, defects, or unintended performance problems that could result in loss of reputation, lost inventory or liability; we have encountered difficulties in achieving our desired fill rates.

 

We develop and offer a complex software platform that is used or embedded by our customers and digital media properties in devices, video technologies, software and operating systems. Complex software often contains defects, particularly when first introduced or when new versions are released. While we expect challenges to arise, we cannot guarantee they will be successfully resolved in a timely manner which can impact our revenue and income. Determining whether our software has defects may occur after versions are released into the market. Defects, errors or unintended performance problems with our software could unintentionally jeopardize the performance of advertising campaigns and digital media properties’ products. This could result in injury to our reputation, loss of revenue, diversion of development and technical resources, increased insurance costs and increased warranty costs. If our software contains any undetected defects, errors or unintended performance problems, our advertising customers may refuse to use it, digital media properties may refuse to embed it into their products and we may be unable to collect data or acquire advertising inventory from digital media properties. These defects, errors and unintended performance problems could also result in product liability claims. Although we attempt to reduce the risk of losses resulting from these claims through warranty disclaimers and limitation of liability clauses in our agreements, these contractual provisions may not be enforceable in every instance. If a court refused to enforce the liability-limiting provisions of our contracts for any reason, or if liabilities arose that were not contractually limited or adequately covered by insurance, our business could be materially harmed.

 

Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause our business to suffer and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

 

14

 

 

To manage our growth effectively, we must continually evaluate and evolve our organization. We must also manage our employees, operations, finances, technology and development and capital investments efficiently. Our efficiency, productivity and the quality of Alfi may be adversely impacted if we do not train our new personnel, particularly our sales and support personnel, quickly and effectively, or if we fail to appropriately coordinate across our organization. Additionally, rapid growth may place a strain on our resources, infrastructure and ability to maintain the quality of Alfi. In future periods, our revenue or profitability could decline or grow more slowly than we expect. Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause our business to suffer and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

 

Computer malware, viruses, hacking and phishing attacks, and spamming could harm our business and results of operations.

 

Computer malware, viruses, and computer hacking and phishing attacks have become more prevalent in our industry, have occurred on our systems in the past, and may occur on our systems in the future. Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security, and availability of our products and technical infrastructure to the satisfaction of our users may harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing users and attract new users.

 

Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would cause our business and reputation to suffer.

 

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, our proprietary business information, and financial and other information of our customers and people who view the advertisements we provide. The secure processing, maintenance, and transmission of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance, or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost, or stolen. Advanced attacks are multi-staged, unfold over time, and utilize a range of attack vectors with military-grade cyber weapons and proven techniques, such as spear phishing and social engineering, leaving organizations and users at high risk of being compromised. The vast majority of data breaches, whether conducted by a cyber attacker from inside or outside of the organization, involve the misappropriation of digital identities and user credentials. These credentials are used to gain legitimate access to sensitive systems and high-value personal and corporate data. Many large, well-known organizations have been subject to cyber-attacks that exploited the identity vector, demonstrating that even organizations with significant resources and security expertise have challenges securing their identities. Any such access, disclosure, or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, regulatory penalties, a disruption of our operations, damage to our reputation, or a loss of confidence in our business, any of which could adversely affect our business, revenues, and competitive position.

 

We may experience fluctuations in our operating results, which could make our future operating results difficult to predict or cause our operating results to fall below analysts’ and investors’ expectations.

 

Our operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which we have no control over. Factors that may cause our operating results to fluctuate significantly include: our ability to generate enough working capital from future equity sales; the level of commercial acceptance by the public of Alfi; fluctuations in advertising spending; the amount and timing operating costs and capital expenditures relating to expansion of our business, operations, infrastructure and general economic conditions. If realized, any of these factors could have a material effect on our business, financial condition and operating results, which could result in the complete loss of your investment. Factors that may cause our operating results to fluctuate include the following:

 

  · changes in demand for our platform, including related to the seasonal nature of spending on digital advertising campaigns;

 

  · changes in our pricing policies, the pricing policies of our competitors and the pricing or availability of inventory, data or of other third-party services;

 

  · changes in our customer base and platform offerings;

 

  · the addition or loss of customers;

 

15

 

 

  · changes in advertising budget allocations, agency affiliations or marketing strategies;

 

  · changes to our product, media, customer or channel mix;

 

  · changes and uncertainty in the regulatory environment for us, advertisers or publishers;

 

  · changes in the economic prospects of advertisers or the economy generally, which could alter advertisers’ spending priorities, or could increase the time or costs required to complete advertising inventory sales;

 

  · the possible effects of the widespread domestic and global impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including on general economic conditions, public health, and consumer demand and financial markets;

 

  · changes in the availability of advertising inventory through real-time advertising exchanges or in the cost of reaching end consumers through digital advertising;

 

  · disruptions or outages on our platform;

 

  · the introduction of new technologies or offerings by our competitors;

 

  · changes in our capital expenditures as we acquire the hardware, equipment and other assets required to support our business;

 

  · timing differences between our payments for advertising inventory and our collection of related advertising revenue;

 

  · the length and unpredictability of our sales cycle; and

 

  · costs related to acquisitions of businesses or technologies, or employee recruiting.

 

Based upon the factors above and others beyond our control, we have a limited ability to forecast our future revenue, costs and expenses, and as a result, our operating results may, from time to time, fall below our estimates or the expectations of analysts and investors.

 

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology and solutions or if the scope of our intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, others may be able to develop and commercialize technology and solutions substantially similar to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and solutions may be compromised.

 

Our business depends on proprietary technology and content, including software, machine learning, algorithms, processes, databases, confidential information and know-how, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade-secret and copyright laws, confidentiality procedures, cybersecurity practices and contractual provisions to protect the intellectual property rights of our proprietary technology and content. We do own one issued patent for our Alfi-enabled tablet and other pending patent applications. If third parties obtain patent protection with respect to technologies that compete with our platform, they may assert that our technology infringes their patents and seek to charge us a licensing fee or otherwise preclude the use of our technology. We may not be able to obtain protection for our technology and even if we are successful in obtaining effective patent, trademark, trade-secret and copyright protection, it is expensive to maintain these rights and the costs of defending our rights could be substantial. Moreover recent changes to U.S. intellectual property laws may jeopardize the enforceability and validity of our intellectual property portfolio and harm our ability to obtain patent protection of some of our unique business methods.

 

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our competitive position may be harmed.

 

The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we may be granted may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential members. If we are unable to establish or protect our trademarks and trade names, or if we are unable to build name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, which could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

16

 

 

 

We could incur substantial costs and disruption to our business as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights, which could harm our business and operating results.

 

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States over patents and other intellectual property rights. Although we have not faced such issues, in the future we or customers who use our products may unintentionally infringe the trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties, including allegations made by our competitors or by non-practicing entities. We cannot predict whether assertions of third party intellectual property rights or claims arising from these assertions will substantially harm our business and operating results. If we are forced to defend any infringement claims, whether they are with or without merit or are ultimately determined in our favor, we may face costly litigation and diversion of technical and management personnel. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and are able to sustain the cost of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater extent and for longer periods of time than we could. Furthermore, an adverse outcome of a dispute may require us: to pay damages, potentially including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a party’s patent or other intellectual property rights; to cease making, licensing or using products that are alleged to incorporate or make use of the intellectual property of others; to expend additional development resources to redesign our products; and to enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the rights to use necessary technologies. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In any event, we may need to license intellectual property which would require us to pay royalties or make one-time payments. Even if these matters do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, the time and resources necessary to resolve them could harm our business, operating results, financial condition and reputation.

 

In addition, if our advertising customers do not own the copyright for advertising content included in their advertisements or if digital media property owners do not own the copyright for content to the digital media next to which the advertisements appear, advertisers and digital media properties could receive complaints from copyright owners, which could harm our reputation and our business.

 

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

 

The members of our management team have limited or no experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws, rules and regulations that govern public companies. There are significant obligations we will now be subject to relating to reporting, procedures and internal controls, and our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company. These new obligations and scrutiny will require significant attention from our management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors against lawsuits to the fullest extent of the law.

 

We are a Delaware corporation. Delaware law permits the indemnification of officers and directors against expenses incurred in successfully defending against a claim. Delaware law also authorizes Delaware corporations to indemnify their officers and directors against expenses and liabilities incurred because of their being or having been an officer or director. Our organizational documents provide for this indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

 

Prior to, and in no event not later than, the closing of the offering, we will obtain director and officer liability insurance to cover liabilities our directors and officers may incur in connection with their services to us. There is no guarantee that such insurance coverage will protect us from any damages or loss claims filed against it.

 

Risks Associated With This Offering

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as “say on pay” and proxy access. Emerging growth companies may implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of this offering. We intend to take advantage of these extended transition periods, but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

 

 

17

 

 

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

 

If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.

 

Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In connection with this offering, we intend to begin the process of documenting, reviewing and improving our internal controls and procedures for compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have begun recruiting additional finance and accounting personnel with certain skill sets that we will need as a public company.

 

Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing processes, and take significant time to complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and harm our business. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis may harm our stock price and make it more difficult for us to effectively market and sell any of our present or future product candidates that may receive regulatory approval.

 

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

18

 

 

We may issue additional equity securities, or engage in other transactions that could dilute our book value or relative rights of our common stock, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and warrants.

 

Our Board of Directors may determine from time to time that we need to raise additional capital by issuing additional shares of our common stock or other securities. Except as otherwise described in this prospectus, we will not be restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock, including securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of any future offerings, or the prices at which such offerings may be affected. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of existing shareholders or reduce the market price of our common stock and warrants, or both. Holders of our securities are not entitled to pre-emptive rights or other protections against dilution. New investors also may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to, and that adversely affect, then-current holders of our securities. Additionally, if we raise additional capital by making offerings of debt or preferred stock, upon our liquidation, holders of our debt securities and preferred stock, and lenders with respect to other borrowings, may receive distributions of its available assets before the holders of our common stock.

 

Speculative Nature of Warrants.

 

The warrants offered in this offering do not confer any rights of common stock ownership on their holders, such as voting rights or the right to receive dividends, but rather merely represent the right to acquire shares of our common stock at a fixed price for a limited period of time. Specifically, commencing on the date of issuance, holders of the warrants may exercise their right to acquire the common stock and pay an exercise price of $6.60 per share (110% of the assumed public offering price of our common stock and warrants in this offering), prior to five years from the date of issuance, after which date any unexercised warrants will expire and have no further value. Moreover, following this offering, the market value of the warrants is uncertain and there can be no assurance that the market value of the warrants will equal or exceed their public offering price. There can be no assurance that the market price of the common stock will ever equal or exceed the exercise price of the warrants, and consequently, whether it will ever be profitable for holders of the warrants to exercise the warrants.

 

The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering or could subject us to litigation.

 

The trading prices of the securities of technology companies have been highly volatile. Accordingly, the market price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be subject to wide fluctuations. Factors affecting the market price of our common stock include:

 

  · variations in our operating results, earnings per share, cash flows from operating activities, deferred revenue, and other financial metrics and non-financial metrics, and how those results compare to analyst expectations;

 

  · forward looking guidance to industry and financial analysts related to future revenue and earnings per share;

 

19

 

 

  · the net increases in the number of customers and paying subscriptions, either independently or as compared with published expectations of industry, financial or other analysts that cover our company;

 

  · changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

  · announcements of technological innovations, new services or service enhancements, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

  · announcements by us or by our competitors of mergers or other strategic acquisitions, or rumors of such transactions involving us or our competitors;

 

  · announcements of customer additions and customer cancellations or delays in customer purchases;

 

  · recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

  · disruptions in our service due to computer hardware, software or network problems;

 

  · the economy as a whole, market conditions in our industry, and the industries of our customers; and

 

  · trading activity by a limited number of stockholders who together beneficially own a majority of our outstanding common stock.

 

In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences uneven investor confidence, the market price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The market price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies within, or outside, our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Some companies that have experienced volatility in the trading price of their stock have been the subject of securities class action litigation. If we are to become the subject of such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources.

 

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to list on The NASDAQ Capital Market, an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

 

There is no established trading market for our shares; further, our shares will be subject to potential delisting if we do not maintain the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

This offering constitutes our initial public offering of our shares. No public market for these shares currently exists. We have applied to list the shares of our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market, or NASDAQ (and will also list our warrants if such application is accepted). An approval of our listing application by NASDAQ will be subject to, among other things, our fulfilling all of the listing requirements of NASDAQ. Even if these shares are listed on NASDAQ, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for these securities will develop or be sustained after this offering is completed. The initial offering price has been determined by negotiations among the lead underwriter and us. Among the factors considered in determining the initial offering price were our future prospects and the prospects of our industry in general, our revenue, net income and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the financial ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. However, there can be no assurance that following this offering our shares of common stock will trade at a price equal to or greater than the offering price.

 

In addition, NASDAQ has rules for continued listing, including, without limitation, minimum market capitalization and other requirements. Failure to maintain our listing, or de-listing from NASDAQ, would make it more difficult for shareholders to dispose of our common stock and more difficult to obtain accurate price quotations on our common stock. This could have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Our ability to issue additional securities for financing or other purposes, or otherwise to arrange for any financing we may need in the future, may also be materially and adversely affected if our common stock is not traded on a national securities exchange.

 

20

 

 

Our ability to have our common stock and warrants traded on the NASDAQ is subject to us meeting applicable listing criteria.

 

We have applied to list our common stock and warrants on NASDAQ, a national securities exchange. The NASDAQ requires companies desiring to list their common stock to meet certain listing criteria including total number of shareholders: minimum stock price, total value of public float, and in some cases total shareholders’ equity and market capitalization. Our failure to meet such applicable listing criteria could prevent us from listing our common stock on NASDAQ. In the event we are unable to have our shares traded on NASDAQ, our common stock could potentially trade on the OTCQX or the OTCQB, each of which is generally considered less liquid and more volatile than the NASDAQ. Our failure to have our shares traded on NASDAQ could make it more difficult for you to trade our shares, could prevent our common stock trading on a frequent and liquid basis and could result in the value of our common stock being less than it would be if we were able to list our shares on NASDAQ.

 

Unless our shares of common stock are approved for listing on NASDAQ, our common stock may be subject to the “penny stock” rules of the SEC and the trading market in our securities would be limited, which makes transactions in our stock cumbersome and may reduce the value of an investment in our stock.

 

The SEC has adopted Rule 15g-9 which establishes the definition of a “penny stock,” for the purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. If our common stock were to trade at a price below $5.00 per share, we would be subject to the penny stock rules. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require:

 

  · that a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks; and

 

  · the broker or dealer receive from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased.

 

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must:

 

  · obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person; and

 

  · make a reasonable determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

 

The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, which:

 

  · sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination; and

 

  · affirms that the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.

 

Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of our common stock and cause a decline in the market value of our stock.

 

Disclosure also has to be made about the risks of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading and about the commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the securities and the rights and remedies available to an investor in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions. Finally, monthly statements have to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stocks.

 

Shareholders should be aware that, according to SEC Release No. 34-29093, the market for “penny stocks” has suffered in recent years from patterns of fraud and abuse. Such patterns include (1) control of the market for the security by one or a few broker-dealers that are often related to the promoter or issuer; (2) manipulation of prices through prearranged matching of purchases and sales and false and misleading press releases; (3) boiler room practices involving high-pressure sales tactics and unrealistic price projections by inexperienced sales persons; (4) excessive and undisclosed bid-ask differential and markups by selling broker-dealers; and (5) the wholesale dumping of the same securities by promoters and broker-dealers after prices have been manipulated to a desired level, along with the resulting inevitable collapse of those prices and with consequent investor losses. Our management is aware of the abuses that have occurred historically in the penny stock market. Although we do not expect to be in a position to dictate the behavior of the market or of broker-dealers who participate in the market, management will strive within the confines of practical limitations to prevent the described patterns from being established with respect to our securities. Unless our shares of common stock are approved for listing on NASDAQ, the occurrence of these patterns or practices could increase the future volatility of our share price.

 

21

 

 

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

 

If securities or industry analysts adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrades our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

 

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

 

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $6.00 per share, purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of ($3.59) per share in net tangible book value of the common stock. In addition, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute 86% of the total amount invested by stockholders since inception but will only own 28% of the shares of common stock outstanding. In the past, we issued options and other securities to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding securities are ultimately exercised, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will sustain further dilution. See the section of this prospectus titled “Dilution” for a more detailed description of the dilution to new investors in the offering.

 

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or current or future product candidates.

 

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that materially adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing, if available, would increase our fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

 

If we raise funds through additional collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our intellectual property, future revenue streams, research programs or current or future product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, scale back or discontinue the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates, delay our pursuit of potential in-licenses or acquisitions or grant rights to develop and market current or future product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

 

22

 

 

The underwriters of this offering may waive or release parties to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering, which could adversely affect the price of our securities including our common stock.

 

We, all of our directors and executive officers, and certain of our other significant stockholders have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements pursuant to which we and they will be subject to certain restrictions with respect to the sale or other disposition of our common stock for a period of 365 days, with respect to us and 180 days with respect to our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders following the date of this prospectus. The underwriters, at any time and without notice, may release all or any portion of the common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. See “Underwriting” for more information on these agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, then the common stock, subject to compliance with the Securities Act or exceptions therefrom, will be available for sale into the public markets, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and impair our ability to raise capital. Sales of a substantial number of shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

 

Our principal stockholders will control the direction of our business and such parties’ ownership of our common stock will prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant decisions.

 

Following the completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors, will own approximately 71.5% of the outstanding common stock (or 68.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). For so long as they continue to hold the shares, they will still be able to significantly influence or effectively control the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval through their voting power. Accordingly, for such period of time, these holders will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies.

 

Anti-takeover effects of certain provisions of Delaware state law hinder a potential takeover of our company.

 

We are subject to statutory "anti-takeover" provisions under Delaware law; the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, or DGCL, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These antitakeover provisions and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

Certain provisions of our bylaws are intended to strengthen the position of our board of directors in the event of a hostile takeover attempt. These provisions have the effect of providing our board of directors with the sole power to fill vacancies on our board of directors and providing that stockholders may only call a special meeting by the request, in writing, of stockholders owning individually or together ten percent or more of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

 

Therefore, the provisions of the control share acquisition act do not apply to acquisitions of our shares and will not until such time as these requirements have been met. At such time as they may apply to us, the provisions of the control share acquisition act may discourage companies or persons interested in acquiring a significant interest in or control of us, regardless of whether such acquisition may be in the interest of our stockholders.

 

We may include provisions in our articles of incorporation that may discourage a third party from making a proposal to acquire us, even if some of our shareholders might consider the proposal to be in their best interests. For example, we may amend our articles of incorporation to authorize our board of directors to issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock that could discourage or delay a tender offer or change in control. In addition, we may enter into a shareholder rights plan, commonly known as a "poison pill," that may delay or prevent a change of control.

 

Provisions in our Charter and Delaware law may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

 

Our Charter requires, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us, our directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Charter or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us, our directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware, except any claim (A) as to which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery or (C) for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If an action is brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, a court may determine that this provision is unenforceable, and to the extent it is enforceable, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

23

 

 

Our bylaws further provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Our bylaws also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. We recognize that the forum selection clause in our bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Florida. Additionally, the forum selection clause in our bylaws may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. If a court were to find these exclusive-forum provisions in our certificate of incorporation or bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could seriously harm our business. Nothing in our certificate of incorporation or by-laws will preclude stockholders that assert claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law.

 

Future sales or other issuances of our common stock could depress the market for our common stock.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, or the perception by the market that those sales could occur, whether through this offering or other offerings of our securities, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline or could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through the sale of equity in the future.

 

We have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering and our investment of these proceeds pending any such use may not yield a favorable return.

 

Because we have not designated the amount of net proceeds from this offering to be used for any particular purpose, other than the repayment of debt, our management will have broad discretion as to the application of the remaining net proceeds from this offering, as described below in “Use of Proceeds,” and could use them for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of the offering. Our management may use the remaining net proceeds for corporate purposes that may not improve our financial condition or market value of our common stock.

 

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

 

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to not “opt out” of this exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards at the time private companies adopt the new or revised accounting standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company.

 

24

 

 

Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to continue to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

After the completion of this offering, we may be at an increased risk of securities class action litigation.

 

Historically, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because we are a smaller company, and smaller companies tend to experience greater volatility in the price of their securities. If we were to be sued, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

 

25

 

 

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements include those that express plans, anticipation, intent, contingency, goals, targets or future development and/or otherwise are not statements of historical fact. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and projections about future events and they are subject to risks and uncertainties known and unknown that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements.

 

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology, such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “estimates,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “may,” “should,” “could” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions. Accordingly, these statements involve estimates, assumptions and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in them. Any forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors discussed throughout this prospectus.

 

You should read this prospectus (as it may be supplemented or amended) and the documents that we reference herein and therein and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Because the risk factors referred to above, as well as the risk factors referred to on page 8 of this prospectus, could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which factors will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of the information presented in this prospectus, and particularly our forward-looking statements, by these cautionary statements.

 

Except to the extent required by applicable laws or rules, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained above and throughout this prospectus and in the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE RISKS, BUSINESSES ARE OFTEN SUBJECT TO RISKS NOT FORESEEN OR FULLY APPRECIATED BY MANAGEMENT. IN REVIEWING THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS, POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD KEEP IN MIND THAT THERE MAY BE OTHER POSSIBLE RISKS THAT COULD BE IMPORTANT.

 

26

 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the 3,000,000 shares of common stock and accompanying warrants will be approximately $15.9 million, or approximately $18.3 million if the underwriter exercises in full its option to purchase additional shares of common stock and accompanying warrants, based on an assumed combined public offering price of $6.00, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This estimate excludes the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of common warrants in this offering. If all of the warrants sold in this offering were to be exercised in cash at an assumed exercise price of $6.60 per share, we would receive additional net proceeds of approximately $19.8 million. We cannot predict when, or if, these warrants will be exercised. It is possible that these warrants may expire and may never be exercised. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed combined public offering price of $6.00 per share of common stock and accompanying warrant would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $2.73 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remain the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash to repay certain outstanding indebtedness in an amount of (i) $2,500,000 plus accrued interest under a loan from Lee Aerospace, (ii) up to $2,250,0000 plus accrued and unpaid interest on any amounts advanced under the bridge loan agreements between us, Lee Aerospace, our CEO, our CFO and Rachael Pereira, the wife of our CEO, (iii) to acquire the balance of any of our Alfi-enabled tablets acquired by Lee Aerospace on our behalf that have not been acquired with the proceeds of the bridge loan, and the remaining amounts for product launch, general corporate purposes, including working capital, business development, sales and marketing activities and capital expenditures.

 

We currently have outstanding promissory notes to Lee Aerospace, a corporation controlled by one of our board members and one of our stockholders. The notes are in an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000 and bear interest at the rate of 5.0% per year. The notes mature on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the occurrence of certain events, including the closing of this offering. As of January 31, 2021, the amount outstanding on these notes, including accrued interest, was $2.62 million. The note is secured by a pledge of all our intellectual property and the pledge of shares by Paul Pereira our CEO and John Cook, our Chief Business Development Officer. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

On December 30, 2020, we entered into a bridge loan agreement with Lee Aerospace ($1,700,000), Paul Pereira ($250,000), our CEO, and Dennis McIntosh ($50,000), our CFO, in an amount not to exceed an aggregate of $2,000,000 and an amount not less than $1,000,000; provided that any advance in excess of $1,000,000 are at the discretion of the lenders. On March 22, 2021 we entered into a bridge loan agreement to provide for an additional $250,000 with Lee Aerospace ($100,000), Paul Pereira ($100,000), our CEO and Rachael Pereira ($50,000), the wife of our CEO. Amounts are to be advanced as requested by us, subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, on a pro rata basis among the lenders. Amounts outstanding under the bridge loan bear interest at the rate of 18.0% per year. The notes mature on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the occurrence of certain events, including the closing of this offering. In addition, the lenders have been issued 1,417,526 shares of common stock as additional consideration. As of February 28, 2021, the amount outstanding on the bridge loans, including accrued interest was $2.06 million. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

Pursuant to a Letter Agreement dated March 19, 2020, Lee Aerospace advanced on our behalf 7,600 tablets from Lenovo Group Limited on which we can install our Alfi software. We have the right to acquire those tablets from Lee Aerospace at any time, or from time to time, upon payment of a purchase price of $125 per tablet. To the extent we have not used proceeds from the bridge loan to acquire all of the tablets, we expect to purchase any remaining tablets with the proceeds of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

The expected use of net proceeds of this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plan and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual use of net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors. As a result, management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. After repaying the indebtedness, we will expect to have remaining proceeds of $10,200,000, or $12,600,000 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment in full.

 

Pending the use of the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.

 

27

 

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business, and therefore do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

 

28

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

 

  ·

on an actual basis;

 

  ·

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the borrowing of amounts under the bridge loans and (ii) the issuance of 1,417,526 shares of common stock to the bridge lenders; and

 

  ·

on a pro forma as-adjusted basis to reflect (i) the issuance and sale by us of 3,000,000 shares of common stock and accompanying warrant in this offering at the assumed combined public offering price of $6.00 per share of common stock and warrant, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the receipt by us of the proceeds of such sale, (ii) the application of the proceeds to repay the promissory notes to Lee Aerospace, (iii) the repayment of the bridge loan amounts, (iv) the purchase of the remaining Alfi-enabled tablets from Lee Aerospace and (v) the conversion of our Series Seed Preferred Stock into 3,150,057 shares of common stock.

 

You should read this information together with the sections titled “Selected Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    As of December 31, 2020  
    Actual         Pro Forma       Pro Forma
as Adjusted
 
              (unaudited)       (unaudited)  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 8,335   $     2,088,335   $   12,171,735  
Note Receivable (related parties)     1,830,000         -       -  
Current portion of long-term debt (related parties)     5,558,808         5,808,808       -  
Long-term debt, net   $ -   $     -   $   -  
Stockholders’ equity:                          
Preferred stock, $ 0.0001 par value; 2,500,000 shares authorized (actual), 2,500,000 shares issued and outstanding (actual and pro forma); none issued and outstanding (pro forma as adjusted)     2,500,000         2,500,00       -  
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized, 4,441,523 shares issued and outstanding (actual);  4,599,026 issued and outstanding (pro forma); 80,000,000 authorized, 10,749,084 issued and outstanding (pro forma as adjusted)     444         601       1,216  
Additional paid-in capital     2,024,871         2,024,871       22,524,256  
Accumulated surplus (deficit)     (3,494,410 )       (3,494,410)       (5,594,410)  
Total shareholders’ equity     1,030,905         1,031,062       16,931,062  
 Total Capitalization   $ 6,589,713   $     6,589,870   $   16,931,062  

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 7,591,581 shares of common stock outstanding at February 26, 2021, and excludes the following:

 

  ·

670,377 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of our outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $1.19 per share;

     
  ·

450,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments;

     
  ·

3,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants at a price of $6.60 per share;

     
  ·

150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants at a price of $7.50 per share;

 

  Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes:
     
  ·

a 1.260023 to 1 forward stock split effected on March 1, 2021.

 

29

 

 

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price $6.00 per share of our common stock (the mid-point of the range appearing on the front cover of this prospectus) and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

 

As of December 31, 2020, our net tangible book value (deficit) was ($5.85) million, or ($1.32) per share of our common stock. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, divided by the total number of our outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31, 2020.

 

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 was approximately ($5.85) million, or ($1.31) per share of pro forma common stock. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2020.

 

After giving effect to the sale and issuance of shares of common stock in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $6.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been approximately $11.63 million, or $1.05 per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of approximately $2.43 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $3.59 per share to new investors.

 

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by investors participating in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share           $ 6.00  
Pro forma  net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020     (1.31)           
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering     2.43           
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering             1.09   
Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors participating in this offering             3.59   

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be approximately $1.05 per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors participating in this offering would be $0.05 per share.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed combined initial public offering price of $6.00 per share of common stock and accompanying warrant, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value by $2.73 per share and the dilution to investors participating in this offering by $0.30 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value by $0.05 per share and the dilution to investors participating in this offering by $0.05 per share, assuming the combined initial public offering price of $6.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2020, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed combined initial public offering price of $6.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing investors paid.

 

30

 

 

    SHARES
PURCHASED
    TOTAL
CONSIDERATION
    AVERAGE
PRICE PER
 
    NUMBER     PERCENT     AMOUNT     PERCENT     SHARE  
Existing stockholders     7,591,581        72 %   $ 2,500,000        100 %   $ 0.33  
                                         
New investors participating in this offering     3,000,000        28        15,900,000        86        5.30   
Total     10,591,581        100 %   $  18,400,000       100 %        

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to 68.8% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to 31.2% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 7,591,581 shares of common stock outstanding at February 26, 2021, and excludes the following:

 

  ·

670,377 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of our outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $1.19 per share;

 

  ·

450,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of common stock and/or common stock to cover over-allotments;

 

  · 3,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants at a price of $6.60 per share;

  

  · 150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants at a price of $7.50 per share;

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes:

 

  ·

the issuance of 3,150,057 shares of our common stock upon conversion of our outstanding Series Seed Preferred Stock;

 

  ·

a 1.260023 to 1 forward stock split effected on March 1, 2021; and

 

  · the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

To the extent that outstanding options are exercised or shares are issued under our equity incentive plans, you will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

31

 

 

MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Our common stock is not quoted on any market, and never has been.

 

As of February 26, 2021, we had 6 shareholders of record of our common stock.

 

We have applied for the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ALF.” In conjunction therewith, we also have applied to have the warrants listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ALFIW” No assurance can be given that such application will be approved or that a trading market will develop.

 

We are not aware of any withholding requirements for U.S. holders or of any treaties that would affect our common stock.

 

32

 

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following table summarizes our financial data. We derived the summary financial data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 from our audited condensed financial statements and related notes contained in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the information presented below together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our condensed financial statements, the notes to those statements and the other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

Summary of Operations

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Revenues     -0-       -0-  
Cost of sales     (331,110 )     -0-  
Operating expenses     (3,314,767 )     (22,166 )
Other income (expense)     86,918       88,901  
Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes     (3,558,959 )     66,735  
Provision for income taxes     -0-       -0-  
Net income (loss) after provision for income taxes     (3,558,959 )     66,735  

 

Condensed Balance Sheet

 

  As of December 31, 2020  
  Actual     As Adjusted
(Unaudited)
 
Cash   $ 8,335     $ 12,171,735  
Total Current Assets     1,839,128       12,180,863  
Total Assets     7,452,730       17,794,465  
Total Current Liabilities     6,421,825       855,225  
Total Non-Current Liabilities     -0-       -0-  
Total Liabilities     6,421,825       855,225  
Working Capital (Deficit)     (4,582,697 )     11,325,638  
Series Seed Preferred Shares     2,500,000       -0-  
Common stock     444       1,059  
Additional paid in capital     2,024,871       22,524,256  
Accumulated surplus (deficit )     (3,494,410 )     (5,494,410 )
Total Stockholders’ Equity   $ 1,030,905     $ 16,930,905  

 

The as adjusted column in the balance sheet data above gives effect to (i) the sale of 3,000,000 shares of common stock and warrants to be sold for cash in this offering at the assumed combined public offering price of $6.00 per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as if the sale had occurred on December 31, 2020 and (ii) the use of proceeds to pay our outstanding indebtedness and acquire additional Alfi-enabled tablets as described in “Use of Proceeds”.

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed combined public offering price of $6.00 per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our shareholder’s equity, as adjusted, after this offering by approximately $2.73 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remain the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares of common stock and warrants we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares of common stock and accompanying warrants offered by us would increase (decrease) our shareholder’s equity, as adjusted, after this offering by approximately $546,000, assuming that the assumed public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

33

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and should be read together with the “Selected Financial Information” section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. You should read the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

 

Overview

 

We provide solutions that bring transparency and accountability to the digital out of home, or “DOOH,” advertising marketplace. Alfi uses artificial intelligence and big data analytics to measure and predict human response. Our computer vision technology is powered by proprietary artificial intelligence, to determine the age, gender, ethnicity, geolocation and emotion of someone in front of an Alfi-enabled device, such as a tablet or kiosk. Alfi can then deliver in real-time, the advertisements to that particular viewer based on the viewer’s demographic and psychographic profile. Alfi delivers the right content, to the right person at the right time in a responsible and ethical manner. By delivering advertisements a viewer wants, we deliver our advertising customers the viewers they want and the result is higher click through rates, or CTRs and higher CPM, cost per thousand, rates.

 

Alfi has created an enterprise grade, multimedia computer vision and machine learning platform, generating powerful advertising recommendations and insights. Multiple technologies work together in Alfi with viewer privacy and reporting objectives as our two goals. Alfi uses a facial fingerprinting process to make demographic determinations. As such, Alfi makes no attempt to identify the individual in front of the screen. Brand owners don’t need to know your name and invade your privacy to gain a deeper understanding of the consumers who view their content. By providing age, gender, ethnicity and geolocation information, brand owners have all of the data they need for meaningful interaction. The artificial intelligence and machine learning components of Alfi also gather retina tracking data, keyword recognition and voice intonation without compromising the privacy of the end-user. From an analytics perspective, these data points give meaningful reporting instead of arbitrary calculations of ad engagement.

 

Alfi solves the problem of providing real time, accurate and rich reporting on customer demographics, usage, interactivity and engagement while never storing any personal identifiable information. No viewer is ever required, or requested by us, to enter any information about themselves on any Alfi-enabled device. Alfi was designed to be fully compliant with all privacy regulations. Alfi is fully compliant with the General Data Protection Regulation, in Europe, California Consumer Privacy Act, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.

 

Our initial focus is to place our Alfi-enabled devices in rideshares and airports. According to Harvard Business School study published in February 2018, Americans are estimated to have spent more than 37 billion hours waiting. Alfi has been beta testing Alfi-enabled devices in these locations to determine market receptivity to smart screens. From our testing, Alfi has been able to achieve CTRs, of between 6% and 9%, but believes it could achieve CTRs exceeding 15% as Alfi-enabled devices are deployed more widely. By comparison, according to Acquiso in 2018, the average CTR for a display banner ad was less than 1%.

 

We anticipate generating revenue from our Alfi-enabled devices not later than the second quarter of 2021. Currently, we intend to charge customers solely based on a CPM, or ads delivered, model. As we continue to prove Alfi in the market, we expect to charge customers based on a combination of CPM and CTR, and that we will generate higher CPM rates than typical DOOH advertising platforms because we will only deliver ads to the customer’s desired demographic. In addition, we will provide the aggregated data to the brands, on a subscription basis, so they can make more informed advertising decisions.

 

Limited Operating History

 

There is no historical financial information about us upon which to base an evaluation of our performance. We are in start-up stage operations and we expect to begin to generate revenues from our products and services in the second quarter of 2021. We cannot guarantee we will be successful in our business operations. Our business is subject to risks inherent in the establishment of a new business enterprise, including limited capital resources and possible cost overruns due to price and cost increases in services and products.

 

34

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Accounting Estimates

 

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements as well as the reported expenses during the reporting periods. The accounting estimates that require our most significant, difficult, and subjective judgments have an impact on revenue recognition, the determination of share-based compensation, and financial instruments. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

Income taxes. We intend to account for income taxes under ASC 740 “Income Taxes” which codified SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” and FIN 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” under the asset and liability method of ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Under ASC 740, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the enactment occurs. A valuation allowance is provided for certain deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the company will not realize tax assets through future operations.

 

Use of estimates. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include, assumptions used in the fair value of equity instruments, the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets, and the estimates of fair value of warrant liabilities.

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements. We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

Revenues. We have not generated any revenues to date. We expect to generate revenue primarily through three methods: (i) by directly selling advertising on our Alfi-enabled devices on either or both of a CPM or CTR basis, (ii) by licensing Alfi to other DOOH advertisers on a monthly subscription basis and (iii) by selling the data collected by Alfi to advertisers on a subscription or project basis.

 

Direct Expenses. Direct Expenses reflects all costs associated with revenue generation including consultants, specifically identifiable direct contract costs (both reimbursable and non-reimbursable), operations labor and other direct expenses including operations benefits and bonuses.

 

General & Administrative Expenses. General & administrative expenses represent corporate and other general overhead expenses, including general occupancy, administrative expenses.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense consists of contractual interest expense on outstanding debt obligations, amortization of deferred financing costs and other related financing expenses.

 

Other Income (Expense). Other income or (expense) reflects non-recurring and extraordinary non-operating expenses, cost associated with discontinued operations and gains or losses, including the costs and related accumulated depreciation recapture, resulting from the disposal of an asset, upon the sale or retirement of such asset.

 

35

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared With Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

The following table presents the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Revenues, net     -0-       -0-  
Operating expenses     3,105,253       22,166  
Other income (expense)     86,918       88,901  
Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes     (3,349,445 )     66,735  
Provision for income taxes     -0-       -0-  
Net income (loss) after provision for income taxes     (3,349,445 )     66,735  

 

Revenues, net. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 we had no net revenues. We were engaged in beta testing of our Alfi-enabled devices, and had not yet begun charging advertisers for delivering advertisements.

 

Operating Expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2020 operating expenses increased by $3,083,087 or 13,909%, to $3,105,253 from $22,166 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increases in administrative expenses, stock based compensation, and depreciation expense on capital equipment purchased.

 

Other Income (expense). For the year ended December 31, 2020 other income decreased by $1,983 from $88,9091 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in foreign labor used to calculate foreign VAT credits in 2020.

 

36

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through cash proceeds from the private placements of preferred equity and debt securities.

 

We currently have outstanding a promissory note to a corporation controlled by one of our stockholder’s and board member. The note is in an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000 and bears interest at the rate of 5.0% per year. The note matures on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the occurrence of certain events, including the closing of this offering. As of January 31, 2021, the amount outstanding on this note was $2.62 million. We will repay this note with the proceeds of this offering.

 

On December 30, 2020, we entered into a bridge loan agreement with Lee Aerospace ($1,700,000), Paul Pereira ($250,000), our CEO, and Dennis McIntosh ($50,000), our CFO, in an amount not to exceed an aggregate of $2,000,000 and an amount not less than $1,000,000; provided that any advance in excess of $1,000,000 are at the discretion of the lenders. On March 22, 2021 we entered into a bridge loan agreement to provide for an additional $250,000 with Lee Aerospace ($100,000), Paul Pereira ($100,000), our CEO, and Rachael Pereira ($50,000), the wife of our CEO. Amounts are to be advanced as requested by us, subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, on a pro rata basis among the lenders. Amounts outstanding under the bridge loan bear interest at the rate of 18.0% per year. The notes mature on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the occurrence of certain events, including the closing of this offering. In addition, the lenders have been issued 1,417,526 shares of common stock as additional consideration. As of February 28, 2021, the amount outstanding on the bridge loans, including accrued interest was $2.06 million.

 

Pursuant to a Letter Agreement dated March 19, 2020, Lee Aerospace advanced on our behalf 7,600 tablets from Lenovo Group Limited on which we can install our Alfi software. We have the right to acquire those tablets from Lee Aerospace at any time, or from time to time, upon payment of a purchase price of $125 per tablet. To the extent we have not used proceeds from the bridge loan to acquire all of the tablets, we expect to purchase any remaining tablets with the proceeds of this offering.

 

Our operating needs include the planned costs to operate our business, including amounts required to fund working capital and capital expenditures. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of our available funds will depend on many factors, including our ability to successfully commercialize our products and services, competing technological and market developments, and the need to enter into collaborations with other companies or acquire other companies or technologies to enhance or complement our product and service offerings.

 

We believe that the proceeds of this offering, after the repayment of our indebtedness, will be sufficient to fund our operations for approximately eighteen months.

 

Summary of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared With Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

We experienced positive (negative) cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019 in the amounts of ($3,170,170) and $206,758, respectively. The net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily a result of cash provided by a decrease in notes receivable and prepaid expenses. The net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily a result of cash used to purchase prepaid assets.

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was ($1,660,103), which was primarily attributable to costs to complete capital project. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was ($2,217,294), which was primarily attributable to costs to complete capital project.

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

 

We experienced positive cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 in the amount of $4,799,718 primarily related to related-party note payable. For the year ended December 31, 2019 we experienced positive cash flows from financing activities in the amount of $1,759,090 primarily related to issuance of preferred stock.

 

37

 

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We provide solutions that bring transparency and accountability to the digital out of home, or “DOOH,” advertising marketplace. Alfi uses artificial intelligence and big data analytics to measure and predict human response. Our computer vision technology is powered by proprietary artificial intelligence, to determine the age, gender, ethnicity, geolocation and emotion of someone in front of an Alfi-enabled device, such as a tablet or kiosk. Alfi can then deliver in real-time, the advertisements to that particular viewer based on the viewer’s demographic and psychographic profile. Alfi delivers the right content, to the right person at the right time in a responsible and ethical manner. By delivering advertisements a viewer wants, we deliver our advertising customers the viewers they want and the result is higher click through rates, or CTRs and higher CPM, cost per thousand, rates.

 

Alfi solves the problems facing advertisers in the DOOH marketplace, as its proprietary technology is able to determine that when an advertisement was displayed, there was someone in front of the screen, as well as the basic demographic and psychographic characteristics of the viewer, such as age, gender, ethnicity and mood. Our computer vision technology allows Alfi to determine how a viewer interacted with the advertisement, and their emotion in seeing the advertisement, even if the viewer did not actually click through to the advertiser’s website for additional information. Our data rich reporting functionality informs the advertiser that someone viewed their ad, how many people viewed the ad, as well as each viewer’s reaction to the ad. Alfi gives large and small business access to data-driven insights by expanding advertising capabilities, analytical sophistication and delivering it all seamlessly over multiple devices. For instance, if a clothing brand wants to advertise to a 25 year-old female, when our artificial intelligence detects a person who fits that demographic, the advertisement will be served in real-time to the appropriate target viewer. Alfi continues to learn and improve by refining the advertisements seen by viewers with each successive interaction on any Alfi-enabled device. The more data it processes, the better the accuracy and predictive value Alfi achieves.

 

Alfi has created an enterprise grade, multimedia computer vision and machine learning platform, generating powerful advertising recommendations and insights. Multiple technologies work together in Alfi with viewer privacy and reporting objectives as our two goals. Alfi uses a facial fingerprinting process to make demographic determinations. As such, Alfi makes no attempt to identify the individual in front of the screen. Brand owners don’t need to know your name and invade your privacy to gain a deeper understanding of the consumers who view their content. By providing age, gender, ethnicity and geolocation information, brand owners have all of the data they need for meaningful interaction. The artificial intelligence and machine learning components of Alfi also gather retina tracking data, keyword recognition and voice intonation without compromising the privacy of the end-user. From an analytics perspective, these data points give meaningful reporting instead of arbitrary calculations of ad engagement.

 

Alfi solves the problem of providing real time, accurate and rich reporting on customer demographics, usage, interactivity and engagement while never storing any personal identifiable information. No viewer is ever required, or requested by us, to enter any information about themselves on any Alfi-enabled device. Alfi was designed to be fully compliant with all privacy regulations. Alfi is fully compliant with the General Data Protection Regulation, in Europe, California Consumer Privacy Act, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.

 

Our initial focus is to place our Alfi-enabled devices in rideshares and airports. According to Harvard Business School study published in February 2018, Americans are estimated to have spent more than 37 billion hours waiting. Alfi has been beta testing Alfi-enabled devices in these locations to determine market receptivity to smart screens. From our testing, Alfi has been able to achieve CTRs, of between 6% and 9%, but believes it could achieve CTRs exceeding 15% as Alfi-enabled devices are deployed more widely. By comparison, according to Acquiso in 2018, the average CTR for a display banner ad was less than 1%.

 

Since creating our platform, we have performed more than 12 separate pilots deploying over 1,000 devices, with a duration up to 52 weeks achieving a range of CTRs in excess of 15%. We achieved CTRs in excess of 15% in our case studies by varying certain times of the day and types of content. For example, in one hotel trial, we achieved CTRs ranging from 13.7% to 16.1% for specific ads during a rolling two-hour test window for seven days (168 hours). These performance results demonstrate our ability to apply time-of-day ad presentation factors, which widens the peaks of CTR activity, and demonstrates more fully the power of Alfi’s ad recommendation system. Moreover, as CTR increase with specific ad types, Alfi’s algorithms will automatically select ads to present that achieve increase CTRs. Overall, we believe that Alfi’s CTRs performance can increase, based on a number of factors, which can achieve CTRs in excess of 15% continuously by:

 

•      Using relevant up-to-date content from paying advertisers, the content will be more relevant and look aesthetically pleasing to the eye.

 

•      Applying a diverse library of content assets that Alfi will display to the relevant viewer more appealing ads based on our recommendation engine.

 

•      Incentivizing advertisers to make their content engaging and attractive through gamifying pricing and other inspirational activities currently used on the web by ad providers like Facebook.

 

•      Continuously improving Alfi’s cutting-edge recommendation presentation because the system automatically collects user responses and modifies what the view sees accordingly.

 

•      Adding to the suite of Alfi’s machine learning modules triggers that provide the users the ability to apply refined demographics and other identified factors, such as time of day, location, eye focus, etc., to effectively improve Alfi’s ad delivery and recommendation system.

 

Moreover, our pilots demonstrate that increased performance is realized with increased content, time, devices, clients and system feedback as it pertains to each specific devise depending on its inventory of ads available to present.

 

We anticipate generating revenue from our Alfi-enabled devices not later than the second quarter of 2021. Currently, we intend to charge customers solely based on a CPM, or ads delivered, model. As we continue to prove Alfi in the market, we expect to charge customers based on a combination of CPM and CTR, and that we will generate higher CPM rates than typical DOOH advertising platforms because we will only deliver ads to the customer’s desired demographic. In addition, we will provide the aggregated data to the brands so they can make more informed advertising decisions.

 

38

 

 

Advertising Industry Background

 

According to eMarketer, the DOOH and digital internet marketplace was a $373 billion market in 2019. OpenPR estimates that global outdoor advertising is projected to grow to $55.32 billion in 2025, a compound annual growth rate of 4.75%. In other markets, customers have become accustomed to real time digital engagement by advertisers. However, in the DOOH marketplace advertisers could not effectively meet their customers desires, and did not know how to reach them efficiently.

 

In online advertising, the most common way for advertisers to learn more about their customer was through the use of “cookies”. The tracking cookie, built into nearly every website and digital advertising medium was designed to provide a way to capture personal data about customers and their behaviors. Depending on the sophistication and the data solicited, and advertiser could learn a lot about its potential customers. The data derived has been used in targeting and retargeting ads, behavioral marketing tactics and display advertising strategies. Cookies are the reason the ads you see as you look at websites on your phone, tablet or computer seem targeted to you.

 

The data cookies gather was intrusive, and people have come to distrust cookies. Smart technologies and apps have been developed to allow consumers to block cookies and many have done so. This has forced advertisers to look for new ways to track consumer behavior without invading a consumer’s privacy. In addition, even when fully deployed, cookies have limited capabilities in terms of the reach they have in predicting human behavior so they were not as useful as advertisers would like.

 

While cookies have limited utility in the digital advertising market, they have no utility in the DOOH marketplace. A cookie may track a user of a device, such as a tablet or kiosk, but if that device is shared by multiple people, the marketer learns nothing about the behavior of any individual customer or group of customers. In fact, it may get completely contradictory data as people of different ages, genders or ethnicity use the device. Generally, in the DOOH advertising market, the best an advertiser would get is the location of their ad and a general breakdown of the people that were in that area over time, such as a mall or an airport, but would not get any information on who might have actually seen their ad, for how long or the breakdown of the people in the area when the ad was displayed. This means that a great deal of their advertising budget was wasted reaching the wrong person or nobody at all. In addition, the digital advertising market experiences extensive fraud, with both Forrester Research and Juniper Research forecasting that advertisers in 2019 lost $42 billion due to fraud. Digital advertising fraud occurs when an ad is displayed on either a fake website or to a ‘bot’ in an effort to inflate web traffic numbers, rather than on a legitimate web site viewed by a human being.

 

Data is important to advertisers. Advertisers recognize that they need to make their decisions based on more comprehensive and accurate data to improve the efficiency of their advertising dollars. Currently, advertisers cannot get that data because it does not exist . According to studies published by Ascend2 and Research Partners in 2018, the most important data-driven marketing objectives cited by marketing professionals included:

 

  · Basing more decisions on data analysis (51%)

 

  · Integrating data across platforms (43%)

 

  · Enriching data quality and completeness (37%)

 

  · Attributing sales revenue to marketing (33%)

 

  · Segmenting target markets (34%)

 

According to a survey by Forbes, 88% of marketers, use data obtained by third parties to enhance their understanding of each customer. In the same study, 66% of marketing data is used to better focus on targeting offers, messages and content. By providing better and deeper data, and delivering advertisements to the desired demographic, Alfi solves both problems facing advertisers in the DOOH and digital advertising marketplace without invading the privacy of the person viewing the ad.

 

Our Strategy

 

Alfi solves the problems facing advertisers in the DOOH marketplace, as its proprietary technology is able to determine that when an advertisement was displayed, there was someone in front of the screen, as well as the basic demographic and psychographic characteristics of the viewer, such as age, gender, ethnicity and mood. Our computer vision technology allows Alfi to determine how a viewer interacted with the advertisement, and their emotion in seeing the advertisement, even if the viewer did not actually click through to the advertiser’s website for additional information. Our data rich reporting functionality informs the advertiser that someone viewed their ad, how many people viewed the ad, as well as each viewer’s reaction to the ad. This is the data advertisers need to make informed decisions. In addition to providing a new type of data to the DOOH marketplace, by telling advertisers who their ads were viewed by, they know their ad dollars were not wasted, bringing accountability and transparency to the DOOH marketplace.

 

39

 

 

The main elements of our growth strategy are:

 

  · Increase distribution to increase revenue. We began delivering our Alfi-enabled tablets and kiosks in July 2020. As we place more devices in areas where people wait, we will deliver more ads and derive more revenues.

 

  · Continue technological innovation. The enhancements we continue to make to Alfi will allow us to improve the viewer experience and to deliver better data to our advertiser-customers, while we remain focused on protecting viewer privacy.

 

  · Diversify revenue streams. As Alfi gathers more data, we intend to sell that data to advertisers that do not use the Alfi platform, which will attract additional advertisers as well as generating additional advertising revenue. In addition, we intend to enter into joint venture agreements with store-based brands to provide Ali-enabled devices in their stores to enhance their customer’s experience.

 

  · License Alfi to other DOOH platform providers. Alfi is a robust, hosted software platform that we intend to make it available on a software as a service, or SaaS basis to other DOOH advertising providers.

 

  · Pursue potential acquisitions. We will look to acquire additional technologies that will improve Alfi or companies that allow us to increase our market penetration with strategic “launch pads” that have legacy infrastructure incapable of being as intelligent and interactive as Alfi or offer additional products or services to our customers.

 

Our Products and Services

 

Alfi can be installed on any internet enabled device that contains a camera. We have a patented tablet specifically designed for Alfi that enables a user to charge their cell phone or other devices while they use our tablet. Each group of tablets comes with a specially designed charging station that holds multiple of our tablets. The tablets are available for free where people find themselves waiting. While we plan on eventually making our tablets available in a variety of locations such as hotels, hospitals, transport hubs, restaurants and museums, we have initially targeted airports and taxis and rideshares as our first two points of distribution. Our tablets, as part of the data we collect, use geolocation so we are able to track and disable our tablets should a user attempt to steal one of our tablets. The COVID-19 pandemic caused us to delay our roll-out of our devices as we had to reengineer our tablets for touchless screens. We have the right to acquire 7,600 of our tablets from one of our stockholders, who acquired them on our behalf, and we began rolling them out in January 2021 with the proceeds of the Bridge Loan.

 

Similarly, we have designed kiosks, similar to those users are accustomed to in airports and malls. We have begun distributing these kiosks as well, and are developing methods for reconfiguring existing kiosks to contain our camera and internet accessibility.

 

Both our patented tablet and our Alfi-enabled kiosks contain our computer vision technology powered by proprietary artificial intelligence that determines the age, gender, ethnicity, geolocation and emotion of someone in front of an Alfi-enabled device. Alfi can then deliver in real-time, the advertisements to that particular viewer based on the viewer’s demographic and psychographic profile. Our computer vision technology allows Alfi to determine how a viewer interacted with the advertisement, and their emotion in seeing the advertisement, even if the viewer did not actually click through to the advertiser’s website for additional information. Alfi delivers the right content, to the right person at the right time in a responsible and ethical manner.

 

Alfi gives large and small business access to data-driven insights by expanding advertising capabilities, analytical sophistication and delivering it all seamlessly over multiple devices. For instance, if a clothing brand wants to advertise to a 25 year old female, when our AI detects a person who fits that demographic, the advertisement will be served. Alfi does this in real-time, delivering the right content to the right person. Alfi continues to learn and improve by refining the advertisements seen by viewers with each successive interaction on any Alfi-enabled device. The more data it processes, the better the accuracy and predictive value Alfi achieves.

 

40

 

 

Alfi is an enterprise grade, multimedia state-of-the-art computer vision and machine learning platform, generating powerful advertising recommendations and insights. Multiple technologies work together in Alfi with viewer privacy and reporting objectives as our two goals. Alfi uses a facial fingerprinting process to make demographic determinations. As such, Alfi makes no attempt to identify the individual in front of the screen. Brand owners don’t need to know your name and invade your privacy to gain a deeper understanding of the consumers who view their content. By providing age, gender, ethnicity and geolocation information, brand owners have all of the data they need for meaningful interaction. The artificial intelligence and machine learning components of Alfi also gather retina tracking data, keyword recognition and voice intonation without compromising the privacy of the end-user. From an analytics perspective, these data points give meaningful reporting instead of arbitrary calculations of ad engagement

  

Marketing Strategy

 

We use channel partners to distribute and maintain our Alfi-enabled tablets and kiosks in a variety of locations including but not limited to airports, taxi and rideshares, hotels, hospitals, transport hubs, restaurants, and museums. We anticipate entering into revenue sharing agreements with the entities that provide distribution and maintenance of our tablets.

 

We sell advertising content for Alfi through a variety of methods. We believe we offer advertisers a true value proposition because they will know that their ad is being viewed by someone in their targeted demographic, when and where they viewed it and their reaction to it. We believe this will allow us to charge premium CPM rates compared with other DOOH or digital advertising platforms as well as realizing additional revenue by charging for CTRs.

 

We also intend to license Alfi to other DOOH providers on a subscription basis. In addition to the subscription license fees, we will capture additional data that will both improve the accuracy of Alfi, but give us more detailed demographic information that we will be able to make available to advertisers. We believe there are other uses for Alfi outside of advertising, and we will also license Alfi for other uses.

 

In addition to advertising and license revenue, we will provide aggregated data to advertisers on a subscription of one time basis, as they desire, to track a particular campaign or to provide them better information on their customer preferences. For instance, we will know whether an ad that the advertiser believes is targeting the 20-29 age demographic is generating a better response in a totally different age demographic. This will allow advertisers to better target their advertisements and purchase their advertising spots more specifically than is currently possible. This will make them more efficient, and allow them to increase their reach while spending less. We can reduce waste and fraud in the advertising market.

 

Our Technology

 

 

 

41

 

 

We used a combination of proprietary software on open-source tools to develop Alfi. All of our software is cloud-based so Alfi is able to deliver advertisements in real-time across multiple devices anywhere in the world. Our ability to geolocate our devices delivers both highly localized advertisements, such as a local restaurant for someone heading into that neighborhood in a rideshare, as well as global advertisements for the biggest brands in the world.

 

 

 

Lenovo is currently the manufacturer of our patented Alfi-enabled tablets.

 

Our Intellectual Property

 

Patent and Trademarks

 

We believe that our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary technology and other intellectual property. We have registered, and applied for the registration of, U.S. and international trademarks, service marks, domain names and copyrights. We have been granted one patent, on our Alfi-enabled tablet, and also filed patent applications in the U.S. and foreign countries covering both our tablet and certain other aspects of our technology.

 

Trademarks

 

Effective on January 31, 2020, the Company’s, predecessor, Lectrefy, Inc, assigned three primary Marks to ALFI, Inc. which are as follows:

 

(i) Company logo

 

 

42

 

 

(ii) Company Tag Line

 

 

 

and (iii) the Company Logo with the Company Tag Line

 

 

The current status trademark summary of the Company’s Marks as of May 31, 2020, are as follows.

 

Mark

App No.

Ap. Date

Reg. No.

Reg. Date

Status / Comments /

Next Deadline

ALFI

88/176,933

 

10/31/2018

 

Allowed

 

Allowed on 07/30/2019

 

Statement of Use or 2nd Ext Due: 07/30/2020

ALFI

88/402,949

 

4/25/2019

 

Pending

 

Response to OA due:

07/24/2020

88/430,265

 

5/14/2019

 

Pending

 

Response to OA due:

07/24/2020

LIVE WHILE YOU WAIT

88/430,287

 

5/14/2019

 

Pending

 

Allowed on 04/14/2020

 

Statement of Use or 1st Ext. Due: 10/14/2020

 

On July 9, 2020, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“PTO”) in response to the Company’s application for a stylized depiction of the letter A (Classes 9 and 42) assigned the serial number 90044989 (see Mark below).

 

 

43

 

 

Foreign Trademark Filings: Owned by Lectrefy Inc.

 

Mark

KMOB Ref. No.

Country

App No.

Ap. Date

Reg. No.

Reg. Date

Status / Comments /

Next Deadline

ALFI Canada

1959799

 

04/29/2019

 

Pending:

 

Request for EOT to Respond to Office Action files: 03/11/2020

1995351   Pending
ALFI China

37903043

 

04/30/2019

 

Published:

on 02/27/2020

42970149

 

12/10/2019

  Pending

42954031

 

12/10/2019

  Pending
ALFI European Union

18057536

 

04/29/2019

 

Pending:

Opposed

18152037

 

11/12/2019

 

Pending:

Opposed

ALFI Mexico

2282823

 

10/25/2019

  Pending
ALFI

2282424

 

10/25/2019

  Pending

2295477

 

11/22/2019

  Pending

2295478

 

11/22/2019

  Pending
ALFI United Kingdom

UK0 000 33 959 50

 

04/29/2019

UK0 000 33 959 50

 

10/25/2019

Registered

 

Renewal Due: 04/30/2029

UK0 000 344 3454

 

11/12/2019

UK0 000 344 3454

 

03/13/2020

Registered

 

Renewal Due: 11/12/2029

 

Patent Enforcement Litigation

 

As of December 31, 2020, we were not involved in any active patent enforcement litigation.

 

Privacy Regulation and Compliance

 

Multiple technologies work together in Alfi with viewer privacy and reporting objectives as our two goals. Alfi uses a facial fingerprinting process to make demographic determinations. As such, Alfi makes no attempt to identify the individual in front of the screen. However, Alfi does recognize you so that if you reappear in front of another Alfi-enabled device in the future, it will remember your prior choices and preferences. Brand owners don’t need to know your name and invade your privacy to gain a deeper understanding of the consumers who view their content. By providing age, gender, ethnicity and geolocation information, brand owners have all of the data they need for meaningful interaction. The artificial intelligence and machine learning components of Alfi also gather retina tracking data, keyword recognition and voice intonation without compromising the privacy of the end-user. From an analytics perspective, these data points give meaningful reporting instead of arbitrary calculations of ad engagement.

 

Alfi solves the problem of providing real time, accurate and rich reporting on customer demographics, usage, interactivity and engagement while never storing any personal identifiable information. No viewer is ever required, or requested by us, to enter any information about themselves on any Alfi-enabled device. Alfi was designed to be fully compliant with all privacy regulations. Alfi is fully compliant with the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, in Europe, California Consumer Privacy Act, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.

 

The GDPR is a comprehensive data privacy law intended to protect fundamental rights and freedoms of natural persons related to their personal data. The GDPR applies to the processing of personal data wholly or partly by automated means and to the processing other than by automated means of personal data which form part of a filing system or are intended to form part of a filing system. Personal data is defined as any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person data subject; an identifiable natural person is one who can be identified, directly or indirectly, in particular by reference to an identifier such as a name, an identification number, location data, an online identifier or to one or more factors specific to the physical, physiological, genetic, mental, economic, cultural or social identity of that natural person. The legal requirements of the GDPR, however, do not apply if the personal data is not processed. Alfi was specifically designed to comply with the most stringent privacy standard of the GDPR. All of Alfi’s capture data systems anonymize incoming data, making the system incapable of identifying a specific person or processing any of their personal data.

 

44

 

 

Alfi’s data analysis and storage systems prevent violations and hacking through a complex system of protections and maintain privacy compliance as follows:

 

  · Alfi’s data systems convert a camera’s image of a; taxi passenger’s face, into an anonymous vector map for analysis.

 

  · Alfi does transmit images of the passengers’ faces or connect it to any personally identifying information.

 

  · The Alfi matrix of conversions from camera image to the anonymous vector map occurs securely within the systems internal artificial intelligence network.

 

  · Alfi stores information regarding the anonymous vector maps as aggregated data entries in a large, compounding database that is secured by technical and organizational measures to ensure a high level of security.

 

  · Additionally, all database entries in the compounding database do not correspond to a single person, and instead represent cumulative characteristics of people aggregated together.

 

  · Alfi’s data in the systems cannot be de-aggregated or reverse engineered from that aggregated group back to an individual level, due to block-chain based security measures.

 

  · Alfi’s doesn’t collect or store any personal data, such as names, email addresses, or phone numbers within its systems.

 

We continually monitor evolving privacy standards to make sure Alfi is compliant with the most stringent standards that could apply to our data.

 

Competition

 

The digital video advertising market is intensely competitive, with many companies providing competing solutions. We will compete with Google (YouTube and DoubleClick), The Trade Desk and Facebook as well as many ad exchanges, demand-side platforms for advertisers and ad networks. We also face competition from direct response (search-based) advertisers who seek to target brands. Many of our competitors are significantly larger than we are and have more capital to invest in their businesses. Our competitors may establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with advertisers, or other parties, which limit our ability to promote our solutions and generate revenue. For example, advertiser customers that adopt demand-side advertiser platforms disrupt our direct customer relationship with those customers. Competitors could also seek to gain market share by reducing the prices they charge to publishers or advertisers, introducing products and solutions that are similar to ours or introducing new technology tools for advertisers and digital media properties. Moreover, increased competition for video advertising inventory from digital media properties could result in an increase in the portion of advertiser revenue that we must pay to digital media property owners to acquire that advertising inventory.

 

Some large advertising agencies that represent advertising customers have their own relationships with digital media properties and can directly connect advertisers with digital media properties. Our business will suffer to the extent that our advertisers and digital media properties purchase and sell advertising inventory directly from one another or through other companies that act as intermediaries between advertisers and digital media properties. Other companies that offer analytics, mediation, ad exchange or other third-party solutions have or may become intermediaries between advertisers and digital media properties and thereby compete with us. Any of these developments would make it more difficult for us to sell our solutions and could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses or the loss of market share.

 

45

 

 

Our Team

We are a development stage company and currently have approximately 21 employees, 14 of whom are technical developers of Alfi and four are sales and marketing focused. We have been able to locate and engage highly qualified employees as needed and do not expect our growth efforts to be constrained by a lack of qualified personnel. We consider our relations with our employees and consultants to be good.

 

Our Offices

 

Our principal executive office is located at 429 Lenox Avenue, Suite 547 Miami Beach, Florida, 33139 U.S.A. and our research and development facilities are located at 5th Floor, City Exchange Building 11-13 Gloucester Street Belfast, BT14GB and Triangle Building, 1550 Wewatta Street, Denver, Colorado, 80202, U.S.A. We lease these locations under operating leases, and our rent expense totaled approximately $100,000 in 2020.

 

We believe our current premises are sufficient for our needs at this time.

 

Legal

 

We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings.

 

46

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Our directors and officers currently serving our company is as follows:

 

Executive Officers   Age   Position
Paul Antonio Pereira   59   President, CEO and Chairman
Dennis McIntosh   65   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
John M. Cook, II   51   Chief Business Development Officer, Secretary, Director
Charles Raglan Pereira   30   Chief Technology Officer
Non-Employee Directors        
Peter Bordes   58   Director
Jim Lee   61   Director
Justin Elkouri   38   Director
Allison Ficken (1)(2)(3)   60   Director
Frank Smith (1)(2)(3)   54   Director
Richard Mowser (1)(2)(3)   62   Director

 

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee

(2) Member of the Compensation Committee

(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Executive Officers

 

Paul Pereira, DBA. Dr. Paul Antonio Pereira has served as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer since April 2018. Dr. Pereira has over 30 years’ experience in technology, telecommunications, transportation, manufacturing and biotechnology. Dr. Pereira has led successful business initiatives across the United States and overseas, including founding the first ISP in the Caribbean leading to the deregulation of the Cable and Wireless 40-year-old telecom monopoly and simultaneously opening up the markets for major call centers in multiple Caribbean islands. Dr. Pereira led the turnaround and restructuring for the Palestinian Telecommunication Company (PALTEL) and also served as a founding director of Vtel, a multibillion telecommunications company based in Dubai and Amman Jordan, and successfully lead multiple acquisitions in the MENA region.

 

From 2010 through March 2016, Dr. Pereira was the Chief Executive Officer at Alton Consulting Group, where he reengineered multiple firms to a renewable and sustainable transition for the new Bio Economy. From August 2013 to November 2015, Dr. Pereira also served as the Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman of MHG (Danimer Scientific) where he spearheaded a turnaround from bankruptcy to a multi-million buyout offer in two years which eventually ended up with a SPAC acquisition on NYSE (DNMR) in December 2020 at an enterprise valuation of $890 million. From July 2016 to July 2017, Dr. Pereira served as Chief Executive Officer of Uniwell Labs where he developed and directed strategy for Chapter 11 reorganization with a successful exit six months later. Dr. Pereira has also served as a professor from September 2014 teaching the graduate level business courses at ISEG Business and Finance school in Paris, France.

 

Dr. Pereira graduated with an Ontario Scholarship in 1978 from Ridley College and studied Chemistry at McGill University in Canada (Sept 1978 to June 1981), and further studied Mechanical Engineering at Texas Agricultural and Mechanical University in the United States in 1984. Dr. Pereira earned a Doctorate of Business Administration (DBA) in August 2014 from the International School of Management Paris and St. John's University, New York.

 

We believe Dr. Pereira’s vast and varied business experience qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Dennis McIntosh, MBA/CPA, Mr. McIntosh has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2020. Mr. McIntosh has years of experience in both private and public companies in a various range of industry groups. Mr. McIntosh has led multiple start-up companies through successful sales of the companies and has led the due diligence on 25+ acquisitions/divestures representing $1.9 billion in investor funds and is proficient in accounting, finance, and treasury and cash forecasting (designed/implemented several companywide multi-national cash forecasting processes). In the investment management industry, Mr. McIntosh directed the conversion of $700 million in home loans into a public traded portfolio, thus reducing the portfolio risk and achieving the targeted asset to liabilities match and serves as a board of director member on several companies.

 

47

 

 

Since 2019, Mr. McIntosh has served as the managing partner at Prosperity Partners Consultancy, LLC where he advises companies on a range of growth strategies, including preparing companies for sale or acquisition integration. From 2015 to 2019, Mr. McIntosh served as a partner at B2B CFO Partners, LLC where he also served clients by solving capital issues. From 2014 to 2015, Mr. McIntosh served as the Chief Financial Officer of Success Academy Charter Schools Inc. where he instituted a variety of financial infrastructure, provided financial guidance, and served on the executive team which resulted in launch of 39 new schools, increasing revenue from $80 million to $300 million and students from 6,000 to 15,000.

 

Mr. McIntosh earned his Bachelor of Art degree with honors from Andrews University in 1977. Mr. McIntosh earned his Masters in Business Administration from the University of Connecticut in 1981. Mr. McIntosh, in addition to being a CPA, is certified in International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), Not for Profit accounting (NFP), and is a Chartered Global Management Accountant (CGMA).

 

John M. Cook, II, Mr. Cook has served as our Chief Business Development Officer since October 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Cook served as our Chief Financial Officer from April 2018 until October 2020. Mr. Cook is a Wall Street veteran with over 24 years of experience and expertise in Investment Banking, Capital Markets, and Commercial banking both domestic and abroad.

 

From July 2005 to March 2018 Mr. Cook served as Senior Portfolio Manager for a Private Family Office with a primary investment focus on U.S. Capital Markets. Prior to that, Mr. Cook served as an Investment Banker and Financial Consultant gaining vast experience in the Investment Banking and Capital Markets space with respect to publicly traded companies and his keen understanding of the financial markets.

 

Mr. Cook attended Five Towns College.

 

On September 3, 2002, the SEC Admin Release 34-46447, issued a release in reference to Mr. Cook. On December 12, 2001, the Commission filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida Case No. 01-7874 (S.D. Fla.), alleging, among other things, that Mr. Cook violated the registration, antifraud, and broker-dealer registration provisions of the federal securities laws by selling unregistered securities and by offering and selling the securities in exchange for sales commissions without the knowledge or approval of the registered broker-dealers which he was associated with and by continuing to offer and sell the securities when he was no longer associated with the registered broker-dealer. On March 27, 2002, a final judgment permanently enjoined Mr. Cook from violating sections 5(a), 5(c), and 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Sections 10(b) and 15(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder. Mr. Cook consented to the entry of the Final Judgment without admitting or denying the allegations contained in the Commission’s report.

 

Mr. Cook will be resigning from the Board of Directors effective upon completion of this offering.

 

Charles Raglan Pereira, Mr. Pereira has served as our Chief Technology Officer since April 2018. Mr. Pereira oversees multiple engineering and coding resources for the Company, including our Belfast office team. Mr. Pereira initiated the design, development and launch of Alfi’s machine learning and deep learning models. Mr. Pereira has also worked with MIT’s laboratory of manufacturing productivity for the purpose of implementation of an innovative enterprise resource planning software, utilizing RFID in a garment manufacturing process.

 

Mr. Pereira earned his Bachelor of Science in Business Administration in 2016 from the University of Miami. Charles attended Udacity University from January 2017 to August 2017 and completed a Nano Degree in Artificial Intelligence specializing in computer vision.

 

Directors

 

Peter Bordes is a lifelong entrepreneur with a 30+ year career as a founder, CEO, investor and Board Member in private and public companies focused in media, ad tech, technology, finance and venture investing focused on disruptive innovation.

 

Since March 2012, Mr. Bordes has been a managing partner at Trajectory Capital, investing in disruptive innovation driving global transformation from Seed thru IPO. From May 2019 to October 2020, Mr. Bordes was CEO of Kubient, a cloud advertising platform with artificial intelligence ad fraud prevention, that he led from private to IPO on the (NASDAQ:KBNT), and currently sits on the Kubient’s Board of Directors.

 

Mr. Bordes serves on the Board of Directors of Beasley Media (NASDAQ: BBGI), fraud.net, Hoo.be and as Vice Chairman of Ocearch. He is a co-founder and serves on the Board of Directors of TruVest, and MainBloq. 

 

Prior to forming Trajectory Capital, Mr. Bordes was a co-founder, CEO, and Chairman of MediaTrust, an RTB performance marketing ad exchange, which was the ninth fastest growing company in the United States under his leadership. During his tenure in the performance marketing industry he was a founding member and Chairman of the PMA Performance Marketing Association.

 

Before founding MediaTrust Mr. Bordes was a managing partner of Mason Cabot an early stage tech investment bank.

 

Mr. Bordes was ranked in the top 100 most influential angel investors and business leaders in the United States on social media and is a member of the Thiel Foundation 20 Under 20 Mentor Program. He is a member of the Board of Trustees of the Brooklyn Music School. Mr. Bordes earned his bachelor’s degree in Communication, Business and Media Studies from New England College.

 

We believe Mr. Bordes vast experience with technology companies and in helping guide them through multiple stages of growth, as well as his experience as a public company director qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Justin Elkouri, is an experienced industry executive who brings a wide range of knowledge and expertise to businesses across several platforms and industry sectors.

 

Mr. Elkouri has served as the Chief Legal Officer for David Murfin and Murfin, Inc. in Wichita, Kansas since 2013. At Murfin, Inc., Mr. Elkouri has led various business transactions around the world—including transactions related to the following: Lee Aerospace in Wichita, Kansas, Air Capital Flight Line’s acquisition and re-development of the legacy Boeing Facility, operating the first Pizza Hut franchisees in Lusaka, Zambia and Kampala, Uganda, the construction and management of Mushandi berry farm in Zimbabwe, and the development of Wichita State University's Innovation Campus.

 

48

 

 

Mr. Elkouri also serves on the boards of Executive Airshare, LLC and Air Capital Filtration, LLC. Mr. Elkouris also serves on the boards of several charitable, educational and not-for-profit groups, including the Sedgwick County Zoo Foundation.

 

Mr. Elkouri received his Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of Kansas in 2005. Mr. Elkouri received his Juris Doctorate from the University of Kansas School of Law in 2008, and his Masters of Law in Taxation from New York University in 2009.

 

Mr. Elkouri will be resigning from the Board of Directors effective upon completion of this offering.

 

Jim Lee, is a Wall Street veteran with more than 25 years of experience in all aspects of the banking and finance industry spectrum. Mr. Lee has been the founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Lee Aerospace, Inc., a transparency manufacturer for the aerospace industry since 1987. Mr. Lee has diversified Lee Aerospace to include the manufacturing of full-fuselage builds, and complex composite parts, details, and assemblies. In addition, Lee Aerospace has expanded its position in the market through strategic investments and partnerships both inside and outside the aviation industry.

 

With a passion for aviation at an early age, Mr. Lee graduated from Spartan School of Aeronautics in 1979. In addition, as a multi-engine instrument pilot, he has accumulated over 5,000 hours.

 

We believe Mr. Lee’s experience growing and running a company qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Allison Ficken, has been a partner at the law firm of Dovin Ficken LLC since January 2015. Ms. Ficken practices primarily in the areas of commercial arbitration, securities litigation/arbitration, and business litigation.

 

Ms. Ficken earned her Bachelor of Science from Wake Forest University in 1981 with honors. Ms. Ficken earned her Juris Doctor, with honors, from the University of Georgia School of Law in 1981.

 

We believe Ms. Ficken’s knowledge of securities laws and business experience qualifies her to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Frank Smith, is an attorney and has run his own law firm FMS Lawyer PL since 2010. Mr. Smith’s areas of practice include civil, administrative, and criminal litigation, as well as legal services related to contracts, corporate governance, compliance, insurance, employment and human resources issues, real estate, financing, mergers and acquisitions and the creation and protection of intellectual property. With over 27 years of legal experience, Mr. Smith has served as an attorney in Florida where he has helped clients resolve multi-year intra-family corporate governance disputes, successfully win millions of dollars for clients in breach of contract disputes, as well as general corporate counseling for his clients.

 

Mr. Smith earned his Bachelor of Arts from Franklin and Marshall College in 1988. Mr. Smith earned his Juris Doctor from Hofstra University School of Law in 1993.

 

We believe Mr. Smith’s experience in providing a broad range of legal services to businesses qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Richard Mowser, serves as our Audit Committee expert. Mr. Mowser is an experienced industry expert with over 30 years’ experience in the hospitality profession. Since May 2018, Mr. Mowser has served as a food and beverage consultant at Crown Point Beach Resort where he restructured and rebranded the restaurant resulting in increased revenue by 400% with second year improvement up 25% year on year. From May 2012 to May 2018, Mr. Mowser served as the Chief Executive Officer of Queen’s Park Cricket Club where he developed and executed a strategic business plan resulting in increased revenues of $17 million from 2012 to 2013 to $25 million in 2015 to 2016.

 

Mr. Mowser earned his undergraduate degree from Greshams School UK in 1977. Mr. Mowser is also an AAT level 1, graduating from London School of Accountancy in 1979 and served as an auditor with Deloitte and Touche for several years.

 

We believe that Mr. Mowser’s financial expertise qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Significant Employees and Consultants

 

Dr. Lorenzo Trojan, has worked with us since November 2019 as Machine Learning Lead Engineer and, since May 2020 he serves as our Director of Software Engineering.

 

49

 

 

From June 2017 to October 2019 Dr. Trojan worked as Lead Artificial Intelligence Engineer at Axial3D, an exciting Belfast grown startup focused on delivering bespoke anatomical 3D printing services to the medical sector, where he shaped and drove forward the development efforts within the Machine Learning, Data Science and Cloud engineering. From April 2015 to May 2017 Dr Trojan worked as Senior Machine Learning Software Developer at Mintel, a global marketing intelligence company based in London. Dr Trojan was the second key hire for an ambitious project to streamline the large company operation by employing Machine Learning, Computer Vision and NLP techniques. From August 2013 to April 2015 Dr. Trojan worked as Lead Instrument Scientist at RoBAT, where he drove the redesign and implementation of the company lead products onboard instrumentation systems.

 

Dr. Trojan earned his Bachelor of Science in Physics in 2005 and a PhD in Plasma Physics and Nuclear Fusion in 2010 both from the University of Manchester.

 

Peter McCrystal, has worked at Alfi since October 2018 as Lead Machine Learning Engineer focusing on deep learning and computer vision through facial analytics and voice analytics. Mr. McCrystal leads the Machine Learning initiative for us and has built cutting edge Deep Learning models in facial recognition and age/gender estimation as well as utilizing General Adversarial networks for Style Transfer.

 

From June 2016 to November 2018 Mr. McCrystal worked at Prudential Financial focusing his work on the Data Science/Machine Learning field in life insurance. During this time, he built predictive models in customer retention/segmentation, underwriting risk models, lapsation models and fraud detection. Mr. McCrystal was part of the team that won DatSci Data Science Multinational Company of the Year 2016.

 

Mr. McCrystal earned his degree at Queen’s University Belfast in 2016 where he graduated with a First-Class Honors Master of Science Degree in Mathematics and Statistics.

 

Ryan Kavanagh, Ph.D., has worked as a data scientist and senior backend engineer for us since October 2018, joining shortly after finishing his PhD program.

 

From September 2015 to September 2017 Dr. Kavanagh held a student teaching position within the QUB School of Physics, teaching both python programming and mathematics to students of all levels alongside his PhD studies. During this time Dr. Kavanagh also leveraged massively parallel computing to aid the UK Nuclear industry using machine learning as well as the Python and C programming languages to determine the properties of radioactive materials.

 

Dr. Kavanagh earned his MSci in chemistry in 2015 and his PhD in Physics in September 2018, both from Queens University Belfast.

 

Family Relationships

 

Paul Pereira is the father of Charles Pereira. Other than with respect to the Pereiras, there are no family relationships between any of the Company’s executive officers and directors listed above.

 

Composition of Our Board of Directors

 

Paul Pereira serves as our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman. The roles of Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of our board of directors are currently performed by the same person because we do not have a policy regarding the separation of these roles, as our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders to make that determination from time to time based upon the position and direction of the Company and the membership of our board of directors.

 

Our board of directors has determined that our leadership structure is appropriate for the Company and our stockholders as it helps to ensure that the board of directors and management act with a common purpose and provides a single, clear chain of command to execute our strategic initiatives and business plans. In addition, our board of directors believes that a combined role of Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman is better positioned to act as a bridge between management and our board of directors, facilitating the regular flow of information. Our board of directors also believes that it is advantageous to have a Chairman with an extensive history with and knowledge of our technology and industry (as is the case with our Chief Executive Officer and President, Paul Pereira).

 

Our board of directors serve annual terms and are elected at each annual meeting of the stockholders.

 

Director Independence

 

Applicable NASDAQ rules require a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one (1) year of listing. In addition, NASDAQ rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent, and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

50

 

 

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that four of our six directors are independent, and do not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of NASDAQ. In making such determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining his or her independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

 

Committees of Our Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee began service on January 1, 2021. The composition and responsibilities of each committee of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

 

Although each committee is directly responsible for evaluating certain enumerated risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is generally responsible for and is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks and any corresponding remediation efforts designed to mitigate such risks. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role.

 

Audit Committee

 

The members of our audit committee are Ms. Ficken, Mr. Smith and Mr. Mowser who chairs the audit committee. The audit committee’s main function is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes, internal systems of control, independent registered public accounting firm relationships and the audits of our financial statements. The committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

  · approve and retain the independent auditors to conduct the annual audit of our financial statements;

 

  · approve and retain the independent auditors to conduct the annual audit of our financial statements:

 

  · a review the proposed scope and results of the audit;

 

  · Review accounting and financial controls with the independent auditors and our financial and accounting staff;

 

  · Review and approve transactions between us and our director, officer and affiliates;

 

  · Recognize and prevent prohibited non-audit services; and

 

  · Establish procedures for complaints received by us regarding accounting matters; and oversee internal audit functions, if any.

 

All audit and non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

 

The audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ and which will be available on our website prior to the completion of this offering at www.getAlfi.com.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The members of our compensation committee are Mr. Smith, Mr. Mowser and Ms. Ficken who chairs the compensation committee. The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors in overseeing our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

  · review and determine the compensation arrangements for management;

 

  · establish and review general compensation policies with the objective to attract and retain superior talent, to reward individual performance and to achieve our financial goals;

 

51

 

 

  · administer our stock incentive and purchase plans;

 

  · oversee the evaluation of the Board and management; and

 

  · review the independence of any compensation advisers engaged by the compensation committee.

 

Each member of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code.”

 

With respect to director compensation, our compensation committee is responsible for reviewing the compensation paid to members of the board and recommending modifications to board compensation that the compensation committee determines are appropriate and advisable to the board for its approval from time to time. In this regard, the compensation committee may request that management report to the compensation committee periodically on the status of the board’s compensation in relation to other similarly situated companies. The compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ and which will be available on our website prior to the completion of this offering at www.getALFI.com.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The members of our nominating committee are Ms. Ficken, Mr. Mowser and Mr. Smith who chairs the nominating committee. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

  · identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;

 

  · considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;

 

  · developing and recommending to our board of director’s corporate governance principles, codes of conduct and compliance mechanisms; and

 

  · overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors.

 

When evaluating director candidates, the nominating and corporate governance committee may consider several factors, including relevant experience, independence, commitment, compatibility with the Chief Executive Officer and the board of directors’ culture, prominence and understanding of the Company’s business, as well as any other factors the corporate governance and nominating committee deems relevant at the time. The corporate governance and nominating committee makes a recommendation to the full board of directors as to any person it believes should be nominated by our board of directors, and our board of directors determines the nominees after considering the recommendation and report of the corporate governance and nominating committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ and which will be available on our website prior to the completion of this offering at www.getAlfi.com.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

In 2019 and 2020, we did not maintain a compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has at any time during the prior three years been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Corporate Governance

 

We are committed to having sound corporate governance principles, which are essential to running our business efficiently and maintaining our integrity in the marketplace. We understand that corporate governance practices change and evolve over time, and we seek to adopt and use practices that we believe will be of value to our stockholders and will positively aid in the governance of the Company. To that end, we regularly review our corporate governance policies and practices and compare them to the practices of other peer institutions and public companies. We will continue to monitor emerging developments in corporate governance and enhance our policies and procedures when required or when our board determines that it would benefit our Company and our stockholders.

 

52

 

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by our Named Executive Officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

 

Name and Principal Position   Year     Salary     Stock
Awards
(1)
  Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(2)
  All Other
Compensation
(3)
  Total  
Paul Antonio Pereira   2020     $ 168,000     $ -   $       -   $          -   $ 168,000  
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer   2019     $ 168,000     $ -   $ -   $ -   $ 168,000  
    2018     $ 168,000     $ -   $ -   $ -   $ 168,000  
Dennis McIntosh(4)   2020     $ -     $ -   $ -   $ -   $ -  
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer   2019     $ -     $ -   $ -   $ -     -  
    2018     $ -     $ -   $ -   $ -     -  
John M. Cook, II   2020     $ 168,000     $ -   $ -   $ -   $ 168,000  
Chief Business Development Officer(5)   2019     $ 168,000     $ -   $ -   $ -   $ 168,000  
    2018     $ 168,000     $ -   $ -   $ -   $ 168,000  
Charles Raglan Pereira   2020     $ 152,000     $ -   $ -   $ -   $ 144,000  
Chief Technology Officer   2019     $ 144,000     $ -   $ -   $ -   $ 144,000  
    2018     $ 144,000     $ -   $ -   $ -   $ 144,000  

 

(1) There were no stock awards awarded in 2020, 2019 or 2018.
(2) There were no bonuses awarded in 2020, 2019 or 2018.
(3) None of our Named Executive Officers received compensation beyond salary in 2020, 2019 and 2018.
(4) Mr. McIntosh was named our Chief Financial Officer in October 2020.
(5) Mr. Cook served as our Chief Financial Officer until October 2020.

 

Employment Agreements

 

On February 10, 2021, we entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers to continue in their current roles for a three-year period. Except as noted below, each of the agreements contains the same terms. Paul Pereira receives a base pay of $300,000; Mr. McIntosh receives a base pay of $225,000; Mr. Cook receives a base pay of $225,000 and Charles Raglan Pereira receives a base pay of $250,000. Each person is eligible for discretionary bonuses at the Board’s discretion with a target amount equal to 30% of base salary. Each executive is also eligible for stock awards and to participate in our other benefit plans. In the event that more than 50% of our common stock is acquired by a third party, any unvested options shall vest immediately.

 

In the event an executive terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined below), he will be entitled to six months of his then existing annual base salary. If the Executive remains in compliance with the noncompete obligations under the Employment Agreement and has actively sought other employment and has been unable to find alternative employment, we will pay an additional six months of severance. To the extent we desire to terminate an executive without Cause, we would be obligated to pay base salary for the balance of the term of the employment agreements.

 

“Cause” is defined (as determined by the Company) as : (A) the breach by such person of any fiduciary duty to the Company; (B) the breach by such person of any provision of the agreement, provided that if such failure is capable of cure in the determination of the Company, such person is given written notice of any such failure, which notice shall specify in reasonable detail the nature of the failure to substantially perform, and employee fails to remedy the same within ten (10) days of receipt of such notice; (C) the commission of an act constituting a felony in the jurisdiction in which committed; (D) the commission of a criminal act of moral turpitude (whether or not a felony); (E) the commission of an act of embezzlement, misappropriation of money, fraud, theft, or bribery (whether or not a felony); (F) illegal or controlled substance abuse or insobriety by such person; (G) material negligence or dereliction by such person in the performance of his duties or failure to perform such person’s duties, provided that if such failure is capable of cure in the determination of the Company, such person is given written notice of any such failure, which notice shall specify in reasonable detail the nature of the failure to substantially perform, and employee fails to remedy the same within ten (10) days of receipt of such notice; (H) such person’s refusal or failure to carry out a lawful directive of the Company or any member of the board or any of their respective designees, which directive is consistent with the scope and nature of such person’s responsibilities; (I) any conduct, action or behavior by such person that is, or is reasonably expected to be, materially damaging to the Company, whether to the business interests, finance or reputation. If on the date of termination facts and circumstances exist that would have justified a termination for Cause, even if such facts and circumstances are discovered after such termination, such termination shall be deemed to have been for Cause.

 

“Good Reason” means, material breach by the Company of its obligations under the employment agreement. In order for employee to resign for Good Reason: (A) the Company must be notified by employee in writing within thirty (30) days of the event constituting such material breach; (B) the event must remain uncorrected by the Company for thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Company Notice Period”); and (C) if the Company fails to cure the same during the Company Notice Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a change of control as defined in the Company’s stock incentive plan shall constitute Good Reason.

 

Each of the Employment Agreements binds the executive to specified confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality covenants apply during the term of the Agreement and at all times thereafter. The non-competition covenant applies during the term of the Agreement and for six months following termination of employment. The non-solicitation covenant applies during the term of the Agreement and for two years following termination of employment. The non-disparagement covenant is mutual and applies at all times during employment and thereafter. The Employment Agreements do not prohibit us from waiving a breach of a restrictive covenant.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

 

Excluding options as part Employee Incentive Stock Plan, none of our Named Executive Officers had any unvested shares, nor any unvested shares or rights under any equity compensation plan on the last day of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Director Compensation

 

No obligations with respect to compensation for non-employee directors have been accrued or paid for any periods presented in this prospectus.

 

Going forward, our board of directors believes that attracting and retaining qualified non-employee directors will be critical to the future value growth and governance of our company. Our board of directors also believes that a significant portion of the total compensation package for our non-employee directors should be equity-based to align the interest of these directors with our stockholders. On the effective date of the offering, each of our director nominees will be granted options to purchase shares of common stock at a per share exercise price equal to the price of the shares of common stock in this offering. The options will vest over a three-year period of time.

 

Directors who are also our employees will not receive any additional compensation for their service on our board of directors.

 

53

 

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described under “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in this prospectus and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2018, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were, or will be, a party in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, the lesser of (i) $120,000 or (ii) one percent of the average of our total assets for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any director, executive officer, holder of five percent or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Lee Aerospace, Inc.

 

Secured Note, due June 30, 2021

 

We currently have outstanding promissory notes to Lee Aerospace, a corporation controlled by one of our board members and one of our stockholders. The notes are in an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000 and bear interest at the rate of 5.0% per year. The notes mature on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the occurrence of certain events, including the closing of this offering. As of January 31, 2021, the amount outstanding on these notes, including accrued interest, was $2.62 million. The note is secured by a pledge of all our intellectual property and the pledge of shares by Paul Pereira our CEO and John Cook, our Chief Business Development Officer.

 

Tablets

 

Pursuant to a Letter Agreement dated March 19, 2020, Lee Aerospace advanced on our behalf 7,600 tablets from Lenovo Group Limited on which we can install our Alfi software. We have the right to acquire those tablets from Lee Aerospace at any time, or from time to time, upon payment of a purchase price of $125 per tablet. To the extent we have not used proceeds from the bridge loan to acquire all of the tablets, we expect to purchase any remaining tablets with the proceeds of this offering.

 

Bridge Loans

 

On December 30, 2020, we entered into a bridge loan agreement with Lee Aerospace ($1,700,000), Paul Pereira ($250,000), our CEO, and Dennis McIntosh ($50,000), our CFO, in an amount not to exceed an aggregate of $2,000,000 and an amount not less than $1,000,000; provided that any advances in excess of $1,000,000 are at the discretion of the lenders. On March 22, 2021 we entered into a bridge loan agreement to provide for an additional $250,000 with Lee Aerospace ($100,000), Paul Pereira ($100,000), our CEO, and Rachael Pereira ($50,000), the wife of our CEO. Amounts are to be advanced as requested by us, subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, on a pro rata basis among the lenders. Amounts outstanding under the bridge loan bear interest at the rate of 18.0% per year. The notes mature on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the occurrence of certain events, including the closing of this offering. In addition, the lenders receive, on a pro rata basis, shares of our common stock for each $2.00 advanced by the lenders (the “Lender Shares”). As of February 28, 2021, the amount outstanding on the bridge loans, including accrued interest was $ 2.06 million. In addition, the lenders received an aggregate of 1,417,526 shares of common stock.

 

The lender shares are subject to a one-year lock-up following completion of this offering. Thereafter, subject to Rule 144, the lenders may sell up to 25% of their shares at one-time and thereafter such shares may only be sold if the selling price is at least 100% of the price per share in this offering and the number of shares sold in such sale , combined with any other sales by such lender, during a 30-day period, represents no more than 10% of the most recent 25-day average trading volume of the Company’s shares.

 

From the date such shares are issued to a lender, we have the right to acquire, with the lender’s consent and after compliance with securities laws, such shares at a purchase price of $3.175 per share.

 

In addition, the bridge loan agreements limits the ability of any lender to vote their shares if such shares, combined with other voting shares held by the lender would cause the lender to be able to vote more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the Company.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person’s status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

 

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

 

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction is not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Further, when our stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

 

In connection with this offering, we expect to adopt a written related party transactions policy that will provide that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee. This policy will become effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed the lesser of (i) $120,000 or (ii) one percent of the average of our total assets for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members.

 

54

 

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 26, 2021 by:

 

  · each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our capital stock;

 

  · each of our named executive officers;

 

  · each of our directors; and

 

  · all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

 

The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—Before Offering” is calculated based on shares of common stock outstanding as of February 26, 2021, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—After Offering” is based on shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering, including the shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering, but not including any additional shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities as well as any shares of common stock that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 15, 2021 through the exercise of stock options or other rights. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

 

Other than our directors and named executive officers, no person has beneficial ownership of more than 5% of our common stock.

 

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o the Company at 429 Lenox Avenue, Suite 547 Miami Beach, Florida, 33139.

 

    Number of
Shares
    Percentage of
Outstanding Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
Name   Beneficially
Owned
    Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 
Directors and Named Executive Officers                        
Paul Antonio Pereira     1,575,029       20.7 %     14.9 %
Dennis McIntosh(1)     31,501       0.4       0.3  
John M. Cook II     1,417,526       18.7       13.4  
Charles Raglan Pereira(2)     378,007       4.9       3.5  
Jim Lee (3)     4,221,077       55.6       39.9  
Justin Elkouri     -       *       *  
Peter Bordes     -       *       *  
Allison Ficken     -       *       *  
Frank Smith     -       *       *  
Richard Mowser     -       *       *  
Other 5% Stockholders                        
Lee Aerospace, Inc. (3)     4,221,077       55.6       39.9  
All officers and directors as a group (10 persons)             99.6 %     71.5 %

 

* Less than 1%.

 

(1) This excludes an option grant of 31,250 shares of common stock, none of which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus. Upon the funding of the bridge loan agreement dated March 22, 2021, Mr. Pereira will receive 189,004 additional shares of common stock, of which 63,002 shares are attributable to him, but belong to his wife, Rachael Pereira.

 

(2) This includes 63,001 shares of common stock, granted under a stock option, which are currently exercisable and excludes an option grant of 252,005 shares of common stock, none of which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

(3) Shares of common stock consists of 3,150,057 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series Seed Preferred Stock and 1,071,019 shares issued pursuant to the bridge loan agreement dated December 31, 2020. Upon the funding of the bridge loan agreement dated March 22, 2021, 126,003 shares will be issued to Lee Aerospace, Inc. Mr. Lee is the founder, president and chairman of Lee Aerospace, Inc. Mr. Lee disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.

 

55

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

 

General

 

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 80,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 8,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated. Our authorized capital stock currently consists of Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand (12,500,000) shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 2,500,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. All of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted into shares of Common Stock upon completion of this offering.

 

Securities Offered in this Offering

 

We are offering 3,000,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase up to shares of common stock. The share of common stock and accompanying common warrants will be issued separately. We are also registering the shares of common stock  issuable from time to time upon exercise of the warrants offered hereby. The description of our common stock is set forth above in this section. The following is a summary of certain terms and provisions of the warrants offered hereby. Prospective investors should carefully review the terms and provisions set forth in the form of warrant, which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Exercisability. The warrants are exercisable at any time after their original issuance and at any time up to the date that is five years after their original issuance. The warrants will be exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part by delivering to us a duly executed exercise notice and, at any time a registration statement registering the issuance of the shares of common stock underlying the warrants under the Securities Act is effective and available for the issuance of such shares, or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available for the issuance of such shares, by payment in full in immediately available funds for the number of shares of common stock purchased upon such exercise. If a registration statement registering the issuance of the shares of common stock underlying the warrants under the Securities Act is not effective or available and an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is not available for the issuance of such shares, the holder may, in its sole discretion, elect to exercise the warrant through a cashless exercise, in which case the holder would receive upon such exercise the net number of shares of Common Stock determined according to the formula set forth in the warrant. No fractional shares of common stock will be issued in connection with the exercise of a warrant. In lieu of fractional shares, we will pay the holder an amount in cash equal to the fractional amount multiplied by the exercise price.

  

Exercise Limitation. A holder will not have the right to exercise any portion of the warrant if the holder (together with its affiliates) would beneficially own more than 4.99% of the outstanding Common Stock after exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrants, except that upon notice from the holder to us, the holder may waive such limitation up to a percentage, not in excess of 9.99% of the number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrants.

 

Exercise Price. The exercise price per whole share of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the warrants is $6.60 per share or 110% of the public offering price of the combined initial public offering price. The exercise price is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting our Common Stock and also upon any distributions of assets, including cash, stock or other property to our stockholders.

 

Transferability. Subject to applicable laws, the warrants may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent.

 

Exchange Listing. We have applied for the listing of the warrants offered in this offering on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ALFIW”. No assurance can be given that such listing will be approved or that a trading market will develop.

 

Warrant Agent. The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agency agreement between VStock Transfer, LLC, as warrant agent, and us. The warrants shall initially be represented only by one or more global warrants deposited with the warrant agent, as custodian on behalf of The Depository Trust Company (DTC) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of DTC, or as otherwise directed by DTC.

 

Fundamental Transactions. In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the warrants and generally including any reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of our Common Stock, the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties or assets, our consolidation or merger with or into another person, the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding Common Stock, or any person or group becoming the beneficial owner of 50% of the voting power represented by our outstanding Common Stock, the holders of the warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the warrants the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that the holders would have received had they exercised the warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.

 

Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided in the warrants or by virtue of such holder’s ownership of shares of our Common Stock, the holder of a warrant does not have the rights or privileges of a holder of our Common Stock, including any voting rights, until the holder exercises the warrant.

 

Governing Law. The warrants and the warrant agency agreement are governed by New York law.

 

Common Stock

 

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders, including the election of directors. Such holders are not entitled to vote cumulatively for the election of directors. Holders of a majority of the shares of common stock may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, common stockholders are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the common stockholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Common stockholders have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

 

56

 

 

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Preferred Stock

 

The board of directors is authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the powers, preferences and rights of each series, which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of such preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other things:

 

  · impairing dividend rights of the common stock;

 

  · diluting the voting power of the common stock;

 

  · impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; and

 

  · delaying or preventing a change in control of us without further action by the stockholders.

 

2018 Stock Incentive Plan

 

Eligibility and Administration

 

Our employees, directors and consultants and employees, directors and consultants of either our parent or subsidiary is eligible to receive awards under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan. The 2018 Stock Incentive Plan will generally be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to directors, officers, and employees and consultants who are neither directors or officers and by a committee designated by our board of directors with respect to covered employees. The Plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2018 Incentive Plan.

 

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

 

As aggregate of 1,575,029 shares of our common stock is available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, of which 963,716 remain ungranted. Shares issued under the 2018 Stock incentive Plan may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired shares of common stock.

 

If an award of shares under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan is forfeited, canceled or expired, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, any shares subject to such award will become or again be available for new grants under the 2020 Stock incentive Plan. Any award of shares that have actually been issued under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan and returned, will not be available for future issuance under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, except that if the if unvested shares are forfeited or repurchased by us, then such shares shall become available for future award under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Awards

 

The 2018 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of shares of common stock, or stock options, including SARs, sales or bonuses of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Dividend Equivalent Rights. All awards under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations.

 

As of February 26, 2021, there were options to purchase 670,377 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.19 per share.

 

57

 

 

Warrants

 

Upon completion of this offering, Kingswood will receive warrants for the purchase of 150,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $7.50. See “Underwriting” for the terms of the warrants.

  

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

 

Board Composition and Filling Vacancies

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

 

No Written Consent of Stockholders

 

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

 

Meetings of Stockholders

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

 

Advance Notice Requirements

 

Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

 

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, and limitation of liability must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, voting together as a single class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to notice of stockholder business and nominations and special meetings must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

 

58

 

 

Undesignated Preferred Stock

 

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors’ broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

 

Choice of Forum

 

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us, or any current or former director, officer, or other employee or stockholder, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; and (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any current or former director or officer or other employee governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, however, that this choice of forum provision does not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our bylaws further provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Our bylaws also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. We recognize that the forum selection clause in our bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware or the State of Florida, as applicable. Additionally, the forum selection clause in our bylaws may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

 

59

 

 

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

 

Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

  · before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  · upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  · at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

  · any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

  · any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

  · subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  · subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

  · the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

 

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

 

NASDAQ Capital Market Listing

 

Listing

 

We have applied to list our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ALF.” In conjunction therewith, we will apply to have the warrants listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ALFIW.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock and the Warrant Agent will be VStock Transfer, LLC .

 

60

 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of February 26, 2021, upon the completion of this offering, 10,591,581 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below, and shares of our common stock are restricted shares of common stock subject to time-based vesting terms. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, summarized below.

 

In addition to the restrictions under Rule 144, the shares held by our bridge lenders are subject to a one year lock-up following completion of this offering. Thereafter, subject to Rule 144, the bridge lenders may sell up to 25% of their shares at one-time and thereafter such shares may only be sold if the selling price is at least 100% of the price per share in this offering and the number of shares sold in such sale, combined with any other sales by such lender, during a 30-day period, represents no more than 10% of the most recent 25-day average trading volume of the Company’s shares.

 

 

Rule 144

 

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

  · 1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 10,592 shares immediately after this offering and the concurrent private placements, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of February 26, 2021; or

 

  · the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

 

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

 

Upon waiver or expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below, approximately shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.

 

Rule 701

 

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

 

61

 

 

However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under the section titled “Underwriters” included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

62

 

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We and each of our directors and executive officers and our stockholders holding more than 3.0% of our outstanding common stock have signed a lock-up agreement that prevents them from selling any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock for a period of not less than 365 days from the date of this prospectus with respect to us and 180 days with respect to our directors officers and significant stockholders, without the prior written consent of the representatives, subject to certain exceptions. See the section entitled “Underwriters” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

 

Equity Incentive Plans

 

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above

 

63

 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

Kingswood Capital Markets, division of Benchmark Investments, Inc. (the “Representative”) is acting as the underwriter. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated March , 2021 with the Representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each underwriter named below, and each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock and warrants listed next to its name in the following table:

 

    Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
and Warrants
 

Kingswood Capital Markets, division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.

       
         
Total        
         

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares of common stock and warrants offered by us other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if it purchases any shares of common stock and warrants. The obligations of the underwriters may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriters’ obligations are subject to customary conditions, representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock and accompanying warrants, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of 450,000 additional shares of common stock and/or warrants to purchase up to additional shares of common stock (equal to 15% of the common stock and warrants sold in the offering) in any combination thereof, at the public offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If this option is exercised in full, the total price to the public will be $20.7 million and the total net proceeds, before expenses, to us will be $18,837,000.

 

Discounts

 

The following table shows the per share of common stock and warrant and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

            Total  
      Per Share and
Warrant
    Without
Option
    With
Option
 
Public offering price   $     $     $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions (8%)   $     $     $    
Non-accountable expense allowance (1%)(1)   $     $     $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $     $     $    

 

(1) The non-accountable expense allowance of 1% is not payable with respect to the shares and/or warrants sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock and warrants offered by us to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, the underwriters may offer some of the shares of common stock or warrants to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of $_____ per share of common stock. If all of the shares of common stock and warrants offered by us are not sold at the public offering price, the Representative may change the offering price and other selling terms by means of a supplement to this prospectus.

 

64

 

 

 

We have also agreed to pay the following expenses of the Representative relating to the offering: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses associated with the review of this offering by FINRA; (b) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of our officers and directors ; (c) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of securities offered under the securities laws of foreign jurisdictions designated by the Representative, including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Representative’s blue sky counsel; (d) the Representative’s actual accountable expenses for the offering, including those related to the “road show”; (e) fees for underwriter’s counsel, ; (f) the cost associated with the Underwriters’ use of Ipreo’s book building, prospectus tracking and compliance software for the offering; and (g) the costs associated with bound volumes of the public offering materials as well as commemorative mementos and lucite tombstones; provided that the aggregate amount reimbursed to the Representative shall not exceed $150,000.

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the total underwriting discount and the nonaccountable expense reimbursement which is based on the amount raised, will be approximately $492,225.

 

Discretionary Accounts

 

The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which they has discretionary authority.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Pursuant to “lock-up” agreements, we, our executive officers and directors, and our shareholders, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, without the prior written consent of the Representative not to directly or indirectly, offer to sell, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the transfer or disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of our common stock, enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of shares of our common stock, make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock or any other securities of our Company or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, subject to customary exceptions, based upon releases schedules which apply to each subscription price paid for by the shareholder.

 

Representative’s Warrants

 

We have agreed to issue to the Representative warrants to purchase up to a total of 150,000 shares of common stock (5% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, excluding the over-allotment option). The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-year period commencing one year from the effective date of the offering, which period shall not extend further than five years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G). The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in the offering. The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The underwriter (or permitted assignees under Rule 5110(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members. The Representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock and warrants to the underwriter and selling group members for sale to its online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriter and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us, and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

65

 

 

Determination of the Initial Public Offering Price

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. The initial public offering price was determined through negotiations between us and the Representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price included the following:

 

  · the information included in this prospectus and otherwise available to the Representative;

 

  · the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the Representative believes to be comparable to us;

 

  · our financial information;

 

  · our prospects and the history and the prospects of the industry in which we compete;

 

  · an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

  · the present state of our development and prevailing market conditions; and

 

  · the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop. It is also possible that, after the offering, the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Stabilization

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

 

  · Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase securities so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities while the offering is in progress.

 

  · Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of securities in excess of the number of securities the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of securities over-allotted by the underwriter is not greater than the number of securities that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of securities involved is greater than the number of securities in the over-allotment option. The underwriter may close out any short position by exercising its over-allotment option and/or purchasing securities in the open market.

 

  · Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of the securities to close out the short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase securities through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriter sells more securities than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

  · Penalty bids permit the Representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the securities originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

 

66

 

 

These stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our securities. As a result, the price of our securities in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. These transactions may be affected on the NASDAQ Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

Passive Market Making

 

In connection with this offering, underwriter and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our securities on the NASDAQ Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

 

Certain Relationships

 

The underwriters and their affiliates have provided, or may in the future provide, various investment banking, commercial banking, financial advisory, brokerage or other services to us and our affiliates for which services they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees and expense reimbursement.

 

The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of its business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursements of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

Offer Restrictions Outside the United States

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

Australia

 

This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act. Accordingly, (i) the offer of the securities under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the securities sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer to the offeree under this prospectus.

 

67

 

 

Canada

 

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

China

 

The information in this document does not constitute a public offer of the securities, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) (excluding, for purposes of this paragraph, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan). The securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to legal or natural persons other than directly to “qualified domestic institutional investors.”

 

European Economic Area — Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands

 

The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of securities will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC (“Prospectus Directive”), as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.

 

An offer to the public of securities has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  · to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  · to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements) and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements);

 

  · to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of our Company or any underwriter for any such offer; or

 

  · in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by our Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

France

 

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities (offre au public de titres financiers) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier) and Articles 211-1, et seq. of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers (“AMF”). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

 

68

 

 

This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

 

Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to (i) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-1 to D.411-3, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation and/or (ii) a restricted number of non-qualified investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs non-qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-4, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.

 

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the securities cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

Ireland

 

The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005 (the “Prospectus Regulations”). The securities have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to (i) qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(l) of the Prospectus Regulations and (ii) fewer than 100 natural or legal persons who are not qualified investors.

 

Israel

 

The securities offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority (the “ISA”), nor have such securities been registered for sale in Israel. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with the offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the securities being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the securities offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.

 

Italy

 

The offering of the securities in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Societá e la Borsa, “CONSOB”) pursuant to the Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the securities may be distributed in Italy and such securities may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 (“Decree No. 58”), other than:

 

  · to Italian qualified investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree No. 58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999 (“Regulation no. 11971”) as amended (“Qualified Investors”); and

 

  · in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended.

 

Any offer, sale or delivery of the securities or distribution of any offer document relating to the securities in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be:

 

  · made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No. 58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and

 

  · in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws.

 

69

 

 

Any subsequent distribution of the securities in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971 as amended unless an exception from those rules applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such securities being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the securities for any damages suffered by the investors.

 

Japan

 

The securities have not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended (the “FIEL”), pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article 2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Accordingly, the securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors. Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires securities may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of securities is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.

 

Portugal

 

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities (oferta pública de valores mobiliários) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code (Código dos Valores Mobiliários). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal. This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission (Comissão do Mercado de Valores Mobiliários) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code. Such offers, sales and distributions of securities in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

 

Sweden

 

This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the securities be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980) om handel med finansiella instrument). Any offering of securities in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

 

Switzerland

 

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority.

 

This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.

 

United Arab Emirates

 

Neither this document nor the securities have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor have we received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the securities within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the securities, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by our Company.

 

70

 

 

No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.

 

United Kingdom

 

Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the securities. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA) in the United Kingdom, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.

 

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the securities has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to our company.

 

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 (“FPO”), (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Jolie Kahn, Esq., New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

Slack & Company CPAs, LLC, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2020 and 2019, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Slack & Company CPAs, LLC’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-251959) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

 

Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.getalfi.com. The information contained in or accessible from our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. Upon completion of the offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

 

71

 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    PAGE
Alfi Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements    
Report of  Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes to Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2020 and 2019   F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019   F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-8

 

F-1

 

 

A CLOSE UP OF A LOGO

DESCRIPTION AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

March 23, 2021

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Alfi, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Alfi, Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the two years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Consideration of the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has a loss from operations and an accumulated deficit. It also intends to fund operations through future financing, of which no assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in raising such capital. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020

Fort Mill, SC

 

F-2 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Alfi, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019,
and for the periods from January 1 through
December 31, 2020 and 2019, with report of
Independent Auditors

 

 

F-3 

 

 

Alfi Inc.

f/k/a Lectrefy, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Assets                
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents     8,335       38,890  
Note receivable (related parties)     1,830,000       -  
Prepaid expenses and other     793       3,651  
Total current assets     1,839,128       42,541  
                 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $46,081 and $22,166, respectively     117,474       107,744  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $440,321 and $-0-, respectively     4,384,188       3,198,051  
Other assets (complimentary devices), net     1,104,000       -  
Other assets, net     7,940       7,940  
Total assets     7,452,730       3,356,276  
                 
Liabilities                
Current liabilities                
Accounts payable     516,705       23,844  
Current portion of long-term debt (related parties)     5,558,808       -  
Derivative liability     229,712       -  
Accrued interest     116,600       8,478  
Total current liabilities     6,421,825       32,322  
                 
Long-term debt, net (related parties)     -       759,090  
Total liabilities     6,421,825       791,412  
                 
Stockholders' Equity                
Series Seed preferred stock, $0.0001 par, 2,500,000 shares issued as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.  2,500,000 shares authorized     2,500,000       2,500,000  
Common stock, $0.0001 par, 4,441,523 and 3,150,000 shares issued as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. 15,000,000 shares authorized     444       315  
Additional paid-in capital     2,024,871       -  
Accumulated surplus     (3,494,410 )     64,549  
Total stockholders' equity     1,030,905       2,564,864  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity     7,452,730       3,356,276  

  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-4 

 

 

Alfi, Inc.

f/k/a Lectrefy, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

    Twelve months     Twelve months  
    ended December     ended December  
    31, 2020     31, 2019  
Revenues, net     -       -  
Cost of sales, net     331,110       -  
Gross margin     (331,110 )     -  
                 
Operating expenses                
General and administrative     2,850,531       -  
Depreciation and amortization     464,236       22,166  
Total operating expenses     3,314,767       22,166  
                 
Other income (expense)                
Other income     195,040       97,379  
Interest expense     (108,122 )     (8,478 )
Total other income (expense)     86,918       88,901  
                 
Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes     (3,558,959 )     66,735  
Provision for income taxes     -       -  
Net income (loss) after provision for income taxes     (3,558,959 )     66,735  
                 
Earnings (loss) per share (EPS)     (1.12 )     0.02  
Fully dilutive earnings (loss) per share (DEPS)     (1.12 )     0.01  
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding     3,169,501       3,150,000  
Weighted average common shares (fully diluted)     6,670,918       6,346,127  

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-5 

 

 

Alfi, Inc.

f/k/a Lectrefy, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Changes to Stockholders' Equity

 

                                        Total  
    Series Seed           Additional     Accumulated     Stockholders'  
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Paid-In     Surplus     Equity  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     (Deficit)     (Deficit)  
Balance at April 4, 2018 (date of inception)   -     $ -       -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Issuance of series seed preferred stock     1,500,000       1,500,000       -       -       -       -       1,500,000  
Issuance of common stock     -       -       3,150,000       315       -       -       315  
Current year net income (loss)     -       -       -       -       -       (2,186 )     (2,186 )
Balance at December 31, 2018     1,500,000     $ 1,500,000       3,150,000     $ 315     $ -     $ (2,186 )   $ 1,498,129  
Issuance of series seed preferred stock     1,000,000     $ 1,000,000       -       -       -       -       1,000,000  
Issuance of common stock     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Current year net income     -       -       -       -       -       66,735       66,735  
Balance at December 31, 2019     2,500,000     $ 2,500,000       3,150,000     $ 315     $ -     $ 64,549     $ 2,564,864  
Issuance of series seed preferred stock     -     $ -       -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Issuance of common stock     -       -       1,291,523       129       2,024,871       -       2,025,000  
Current year net income     -       -       -       -       -       (3,558,959 )     (3,558,959 )
Balance at December 31, 2020     2,500,000     $ 2,500,000       4,441,523     $ 444     $ 2,024,871     $ (3,494,410 )   $ 1,030,905  

  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-6 

 

 

Alfi, Inc.

f/k/a Lectrefy, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Cashflows

 

    Twelve months     Twelve months  
    ended December     ended December  
    31, 2020     31, 2019  
Operating activities                
Net income (loss)   $ (3,558,959 )   $ 66,735  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization expense     464,236       22,166  
Stock based compensation     2,254,712       -  
Changes in assets and liabilities:                
Other assets (complimentary devices)     (1,104,000 )     -  
Note receivable (related parties)     (1,830,000 )     -  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     2,858       96,068  
Accounts payable     492,861       13,311  
Accrued interest     108,122       8,478  
Net cash used in operations     (3,170,170 )     206,758  
                 
Investing activities                
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment, net     (23,584 )     (52,380 )
Acquisition of intangible assets, net     (1,636,519 )     (2,164,914 )
Net cash provided by investing activities     (1,660,103 )     (2,217,294 )
                 
Financing activities                
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock     -       1,000,000  
Proceeds from related party note payable     4,799,718       759,090  
Net cash provided by financing activities     4,799,718       1,759,090  
                 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents     (30,555 )     (251,446 )
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period     38,890       290,336  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period     8,335       38,890  

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-7 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 1 BUSINESS DESCRIPTION BACKGROUND

 

Alfi, Inc. is a licensed C-corporation formed in Delaware and operates in the technology sector; specifically Software as a Service (SaaS) in the Digital Out Of Home (DOOH) Smart Advertising segment. This segment includes artificial intelligence, machine & deep learning, edge computing, Big Data, telecommunications, and the Internet of Things (IoT). Alfi, Inc. consists of itself and wholly owned subsidiary Alfi, NI Ltd, which comprise the consolidated financial statements. Alfi, NI Ltd is a registered business in Belfast, Ireland. Collectively, the combined consolidated entity is referred to as the “Company” throughout this Report.

 

The Company’s timeline of events relative to its current formation above began on April 4, 2018 when Lectrefy, Inc., a Florida corporation, was registered. On July 6, 2018, Lectrefy, Inc. of Delaware was formed. On July 11, 2018, Lectrefy, Inc. of Florida’s assets were substantially dissolved and merged into the newly created entity Lectrefy, Inc. of Delaware. On July 25, 2018, Lectrefy Inc. of Delaware was registered operating in the State of Florida as a foreign entity. On January 31, 2020, Lectrefy, Inc. of Delaware’s name was restated to Alfi, Inc., a Delaware C-corporation.

 

On September 18, 2018, Lectrefy, NI Ltd was formed in Belfast, Ireland. On February 4, 2020, Lectrefy, NI Ltd’s name was restated to Alfi NI Ltd, registered in Belfast, Ireland. On February 13, 2020, Lectrefy Inc. Delaware C-corporation operating in the state of Florida as a foreign entity name was restated as Alfi, Inc.

 

In 2019, the Company’s software product received initial certification compliance with GDPR government regulatory standards, the highest level of privacy compliance certification available in its jurisdiction. As of June 2020, the Company’s products became fully developed and are being deployed to its customers.

 

The Company uses artificial intelligence and big data analytics to measure and predict human response. Its computer vision technology is powered by proprietary artificial intelligence, to determine the age, gender, ethnicity, geolocation, and emotion of someone in front of an Alfi-enabled device, such as a tablet or kiosk. Its software can then deliver in real-time, the advertisements to that particular viewer based on the viewer’s demographic and psychographic profile. It delivers the right content, to the right person at the right time in a responsible and ethical manner. By delivering advertisements a viewer wants, the Company provides its advertising customers the viewers they want and the result is higher click through rates, or CTRs and higher CPM, cost per thousand, rates.

 

The Company has created an enterprise grade, multimedia state-of-the-art computer vision and machine learning platform, generating powerful advertising recommendations and insights. Multiple technologies work together in its software with viewer privacy and reporting objectives as the Company’s two goals. The software uses a facial fingerprinting process to make demographic determinations. As such, the Company makes no attempt to identify the individual in front of the screen. By providing age, gender, ethnicity and geolocation information, brand owners have all of the data they need for meaningful interaction.

 

The Company solves the problem of providing real time, accurate and rich reporting on customer demographics, usage, interactivity and engagement while never storing any personal identifiable information of its users. No viewer is ever required, or requested by us, to enter any information about themselves on any Alfi-enabled device. Alfi was designed to be fully compliant with all privacy regulations. Alfi is fully compliant with the GDPR, General Data Protection Regulation, in Europe, the CCPA, California Consumer Privacy Act, and HIPAA, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.

 

The Company’s initial focus is to place its Alfi-enabled devices in rideshares, retailers, malls, and airports.

 

The Company’s primary activities since inception have been research and development, managing collaborations, and raising capital. As of the date of this Report, the Company has approximately 9,600 tablets either held as Other assets (complimentary devices) or in operation currently being used by customers.

 

F-8 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 2 GOING CONCERN AND MANAGEMENT’S LIQUIDITY PLANS

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash of $8,335 and has a monthly cash run rate of approximately $200,000. As of the date of this Report, the Company has not yet generated substantial revenue from customers and business activity has mainly consisted of cash outflows associated with its capital project. These conditions indicate that there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the issuance date of the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company has filed an initial public offering on Form S-1 to raise at least $15,000,000 and list its common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market. The anticipated capital raise will include funding for working capital to launch and expand operations in accordance with its business model. However, there can be no assurance that such offering will be successfully completed.

 

The Company’s primary source of operating funds since inception has been cash proceeds from the private placements of preferred equity and debt securities. The Company intends to raise additional capital through private placements of debt and equity securities, but there can be no assurance that these funds will be available on terms acceptable to the Company or will be sufficient to enable the Company to fully complete its development activities or sustain operations. If the Company is unable to raise sufficient additional funds, it will have to develop and implement a plan to further extend payables, reduce overhead, or scale back its current business plan until sufficient additional capital is raised to support further operations. There can be no assurance that such a plan will be successful.

 

Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern and the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities presented in the consolidated financial statements do not necessarily purport to represent realizable or settlement values. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

NOTE 3 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09 (Topic 606) “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”, revenue from contracts with customers is measured based on the consideration specified in the contract with the customer.

 

Alfi will generate revenues in three different fashions. First, Alfi will sell advertising and content on its Alfi-enabled tablets and other devices such as kiosks. Second, Alfi will also license its technology to other companies as a Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) product. Third, Alfi will also sell the aggregated data reflecting viewer engagement it derives from users of an Alfi-enabled device to advertisers and content providers. Alfi has different customers for each of its revenue streams: (1) companies that buy content space, like CNN, NBC, etc., or companies that buy ad space like Coke, Ford, etc.; (2) companies that pay a per screen fee on a SaaS basis to operate Alfi software on their network, where they sell ads & content and on their own devices; and (3) companies that purchase viewer engagement data on a subscription basis.

 

With respect to Alfi-enabled tablets or devices placed into service by Alfi, Alfi will recognize revenue on a cost per thousand impression (CPM) basis for both the content and advertisements. Alfi will have a contract with both the advertiser and the content provider that will specify the amounts to be paid to Alfi for displaying the advertisement or content. The number of impressions the advertiser or content provider is willing to pay and the duration of each campaign is set by the advertiser or content provider. Content and advertisements are provided to Alfi by companies desiring to deliver content for viewer engagement. In general, Alfi does not pay for content, to the extent it does, the cost of acquiring content would be expensed as cost of sales. Alfi will recognize revenue under these contracts upon the validated delivery of impressions to the end user of the Alfi-enabled device.

 

With respect to SaaS licenses, Alfi expects to enter into license agreements with third parties that place their own devices for advertising together with the remote management access and data reporting that the Alfi platform provides. These licenses may be for a specified duration or on a renewable subscription basis. Alfi will charge these third parties on a monthly, per screen fee for use of the Alfi platform. Alfi will recognize the revenue from these licenses on a monthly basis in accordance with Topic 606.

 

Alfi believes that the aggregated data of viewer engagement will have significant value to advertisers and content providers. Alfi will sell such data to third parties on a subscription basis, and recognize revenue as the subscription payments are received depending on the nature of the contract. For subscriptions that are prepaid, revenue will be recognized as earned; with respect to subscriptions that are not prepaid, revenue will be recognized when the data is delivered to the subscriber.

 

Alfi has distributed and activated into operations over 1,000 devices tablets and kiosks at no cost to rideshare, mall, or airport owner(s). It is the viewers of the Alfi-enabled device, rather than the rideshare, mall or airport owner that the Alfi-enabled device engages with and to whom Alfi delivers advertising and content. It is projected that Alfi will begin selling advertising and content for those tablets placed into operation in the second quarter of 2021.

 

Alfi has not yet recognized revenue from any of its three potential distinct revenue sources. Irrespective of revenue generation on devices, when they are physically placed into service, devices are expensed in accordance with the Company’s Cost of Sales policy.

 

The contract with a rideshare, mall or airport owner for placing a device in service will not provide for payment from such person to Alfi. With respect to a kiosk in a mall or airport, we may be paid a separate service fee to maintain the device, but Alfi does not anticipate that to be a material source of revenue. Alfi’s contract with a device host may provide that we will pay a revenue sharing amount, or fee, based on the revenue Alfi derives from that device. Alfi will expense that fee in Cost of Sales in accordance with its Cost of Sales policy. In general, a rideshare will not be required to return tablets distributed by Alfi at any time. Removing a tablet from the vehicle or returning it to Alfi would automatically cancel the opportunity for a rideshare to receive commissions. Thus, Alfi does not anticipate that a rideshare would seek to return a tablet. Kiosks, because of their high cost, may either be returned to Alfi or purchased by the facility owner at the end of the contract.

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had earned and recorded $-0- revenue in each period.

 

Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Alfi, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary. Collectively, these entities make up the consolidated financial statements during the periods presented in this Report. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $8,335 and $38,890 in cash and cash equivalents, respectively.

 

F-9 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 3 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - CONTINUED

 

Complimentary Devices

 

The Company purchased approximately 9,600 Lenovo tablet hardware devices in 2020 (the “devices”), which are held for placement with rideshare and other businesses. Alfi’s devices represent an incentive-based outreach program by which devices are provided complimentary to rideshare or other businesses that sign up for Alfi’s Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) product. As part of Alfi sales agreements with rideshare and other businesses, devices are provided as a complimentary product in exchange for monetization of the respective set of business consumer’s attention.

 

The Company records these devices at the lower of cost or fair market value. Devices are accounted for as Other assets (complimentary devices) on the consolidated balance sheet until they are provided to a rideshare or other businesses. Upon being placed into service for consumer use, the Company expenses Other assets (complimentary devices) to Cost of Sales.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property plant and equipment consists of office equipment recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which for office equipment is three to five years. The Company maintains a capitalization policy for individual items greater than $500 and an estimated useful life greater than one year.

 

Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Property plant and equipment are tested for asset impairment on no less than a quarterly basis by Management.

 

Intangible Assets

 

The Company recognizes amortizable intangible assets associated with the costs to acquire or cost to complete its technology development projects. The company places intangible assets into service upon the date in which they are available for use. Intangible assets are tested for asset impairment on no less than a quarterly basis by Management, of which none were identified during the periods included in this Report.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to a concentration of credit risk is cash. Generally, the Company’s cash in non-interest-bearing accounts may exceed FDIC insurance limits from time to time. The financial stability of these institutions is periodically reviewed by senior Management.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value estimates discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to Management. The respective carrying value (net book value) of certain on-balance- sheet financial instruments approximated their fair values. These financial instruments include cash, accounts payable notes payable, fixed assets, and amortizable intangible assets. Fair values approximate carrying values for cash, accounts payable, notes payable, fixed assets, and amortizable intangible assets at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Net Income (Loss) per Share of Common Stock

 

The Company computes basic net loss per share by dividing net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period and excludes the effects of any potentially dilutive securities. Diluted earnings per share, if presented, would include the dilution that would occur upon the exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive securities into common stock using the “treasury stock” and/or “if converted” methods as applicable. The computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 excludes potentially dilutive securities when their inclusion would be anti- dilutive, or if their exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common stock during the period.

 

F-10 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 3 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - CONTINUED

 

Net Income (Loss) per Share of Common Stock - CONTINUED

 

Potentially dilutive securities excluded from the computation of basic net income (loss) per share as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Convertible Series (“Seed”) Preferred stock (1:1.260023 conversion)     3,150,058       3,150,058  
Employee stock options     670,376       59,063  
Total potentially dilutive securities     3,820,434       3,209,121  

 

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator for basic and fully dilutive net income (loss) per share is as follows for years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively:

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding     3,169,501       3,150,000  
Weighted average shares of potentially dilutive securities     3,501,417       3,196,127  
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding and potentially dilutive securities     6,670,918       6,346,127  

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Net income (loss) for the period     (3,558,959 )     66,735  
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding and potentially dilutive securities     6,670,918       6,346,127  
Fully dilutive net income (loss) per share     (1.12 )     0.01  

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Net income (loss) for the period     (3,558,959 )     66,735  
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding     3,169,501       3,150,000  
Basic net income (loss) per share     (1.12 )     0.02  

 

Common Stock

 

The Company issued common stock on April 4, 2018 to Founders of 3,150,000 shares. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, outstanding shares of common stock totaled 4,441,523 and 3,150,000, respectively. The Company incurred no stock buybacks or treasury transactions during the periods included in this report. The Company paid no dividends on common stock issued in 2019 or 2020. The Company accounts for common stock at par value.

 

F-11 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 3 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - CONTINUED

 

Convertible Instruments

 

U.S. GAAP requires companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments according to certain criteria. The criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur, and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. An exception to this rule is when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional.

 

The Company has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments and the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments (the beneficial conversion feature) based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their stated date of redemption.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not record or issue convertible notes with beneficial conversion features and did not record debt discounts related to beneficial conversion features. During 2020 and 2019, the Company issued Convertible Series Seed Preferred stock which has option for stockholders to convert into common stock on a 1:1.260023 basis, and is classified as equity on the balance sheet at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. If converted into common stock by Series Seed stockholders, its fair value would approximate the existing carrying (book) value of the Series Seed Preferred stock as stated on the balance sheet at the end of each period presented under this Report. Thus, no embedded derivatives were identified on the conversion option of Convertible Series Seed Preferred stock at December 31, 2020 or 2019, respectively.

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrants and Other Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC 815, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other financial instruments or contracts and requires recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, regardless of hedging relationship designation. Accounting for changes in fair value of the derivative instruments depends on whether the derivatives qualify as hedging relationships and the types of relationships designated are based on the exposures hedged. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not have any derivative instruments that were designated as hedges.

 

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). The amendments in Part I of this Update change the classification analysis of certain equity-linked financial instruments (or embedded features) with down round features.

 

Stock based compensation

 

We maintain stock equity incentive plans under which we may grant non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance and performance-based awards, or stock units to employees, non-employee directors and consultants.

 

F-12 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 3 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – CONTINUED

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of net operating loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their respective financial reporting amounts measured at the current enacted tax rates. The Company records an estimated valuation allowance on its deferred income tax assets if it is more likely than not that these deferred income tax assets will be realized. The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has not recorded any unrecognized tax benefits. The Company’s policy is to classify assessments, if any, for tax-related interest as interest expense and penalties as general and administrative expenses in the statements of operations. The Company did not recognize any such penalties or interest during the periods presented under this Report.

 

Change in Accounting Estimate / Prior Period Reclassifications

 

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation, including a change in the estimated useful life of capitalized platform production costs (see Note 10).  Management originally determined 10 years as a reasonable useful life estimate for these assets, but has revised it to 5 years based on external market competition and other technological factors.   The Company made the change as part of its standard review of its accounting policies in connection with the audit for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company has considered the change in estimated useful life a change in accounting estimate under GAAP, and has accounted for it prospectively in the consolidated financial statements.  Based on current conditions, the Company believes its revised estimated useful life allocation reasonable for these assets.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

There are various updates recently issued, most of which represented technical corrections to the accounting literature or application to specific industries and are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Forward Stock Split

 

On March 1, 2021, the Company effected a forward stock split on a ratio of 1.260023 to 1.00 basis. Share amounts reflected in this Report are presented post-split, unless otherwise noted.

 

Subsequent Events

 

The Company evaluates events that have occurred after the balance sheet date through March 23, 2021. See Note 14.

 

NOTE 4 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The Company measures the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company also follows a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

 

ASC 820 describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2 — quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable

Level 3 — inputs that are unobservable based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity (e.g., cash flow modeling inputs based on assumptions).

 

The risk-free interest rate is the United States Treasury rate on the measurement date having a term equal to the remaining contractual life of the instrument. The volatility is a measure of the amount by which the comparable companies’ share price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. Since the Company’s common stock has not been publicly traded, an average of the historical volatility of comparative companies was used.

 

Level 3 liabilities are valued using unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the derivative liabilities. For fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer determines valuation policies and procedures, as applicable.

 

F-13 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 4 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - CONTINUED

 

Level 3 financial liabilities consist of the derivative liabilities for which there is no current market for these securities such that the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation. Changes in fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are analyzed each period based on changes in estimates or assumptions and recorded as appropriate.

 

Significant observable and unobservable inputs include stock price, exercise price, annual risk-free rate, term, and expected volatility, and are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. An increase or decrease in volatility or interest free rate, in isolation, can significantly increase or decrease the fair value of the derivative liabilities. Changes in the values of the derivative liabilities are recorded as a component of other income (expense) on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

Non-financial assets that are measured on a non-recurring basis include our intellectual property and property and equipment which are measured using fair value techniques whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate a condition of impairment exists.  The estimated fair value of prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates their individual carrying amounts due to the short-term nature of these measurements.

 

The following tables present the derivative financial instruments, the Company’s only financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on the Company’s balance sheets on a recurring basis, and their level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

As of December 31, 2019   Amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Embedded conversion derivative liability on employee stock options   $ -0-     $ -     $ -     $ -0-  
Total as of December 31, 2019   $ -0-     $ -     $ -     $ -0-  
                                 
As of December 31, 2020                        
Embedded conversion derivative liability on employee stock options   $ 229,712     $ -     $ -     $ 229,712  
Total as of December 31, 2020   $ 229,712     $ -     $ -     $ 229,712  

 

The following table provides a summary of the changes in fair value, including net transfers in and/or out, of the derivative financial instruments, measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs:

 

Balance at December 31, 2019   $ -0-  
Fair value of employee stock options issued in 2020     229,712  
Balance at December 31, 2020   $ 229,712  

 

NOTE 5 NOTES PAYABLE – RELATED PARTY

 

During 2019 and 2020, the Company entered into a related party note payable transaction (the “Note”) for cash advances associated with Alfi product development costs.

 

Advances under this Note totaled $1,812,718 and $759,090 for years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and are classified as a currently liability on the balance sheet. The Note’s original maturity date was December 31, 2020. An extension to the maturity date was granted by lender to the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the occurrence of certain events, including the closing of this offering.

 

The Note bears a fixed annual interest rate of 5% per year. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred interest expense associated with the Note of $108,122 and $5,013, respectively. Accrued unpaid interest totaled $116,600 and $8,478 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-14 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 5 NOTES PAYABLE – RELATED PARTY - CONTINUED

 

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company made no repayments to the related party lender on this Note. All advances made by the related party lender on the Note are still owed and outstanding as of the date of this Report.

 

The total outstanding unpaid principal balance on the Note at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $2,571,808 and $759,090, respectively.

 

On January 15, 2020, as security for the full and prompt payment when due of all indebtedness of the Borrower, created under the Note, existing holders of common stock granted to Lee Aerospace, LLC, a security interest in 2,137,400 shares of Alfi common stock; representing the Note’s collateral. In addition, the Note is secured by a pledge of the Company’s intellectual property.

 

Additional advances by related parties

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Company received two related party advances totaling approximately $37,000 cash consideration. These related party advances carry no specified repayment term, interest rate, or security interest, and are payable only after holder of the Note referenced above is repaid in full.

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Company purchased approximately 9,600 tablet devices with cash from an unaffiliated third party vendor. Of the 9,600 tablet devices, 7,600 tablets were purchased by a related party on behalf of the Company. Payment terms associated with the approximate 7,600 tablet devices purchased by related party on behalf of the Company requires a fixed repayment of $125 per device, due to related party by Alfi at IPO. There is no stated interest rate or additional repayment terms included therein this tablet purchase agreement. Collateral for the tablet device purchase agreement pledged by the Company to related party include the approximate 7,600 physical tablet hardware devices. Outstanding advances on purchased tablet devices from related party totaled approximately $950,000 and -0- at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, on December 30, 2020, the entered into a $2,000,000 bridge loan with related party investors. As of December 31, 2020, $170,000 had been funded on the bridge loan with related party lender. $1,830,000 was still outstanding not yet funded to the Company as of December 31, 2020. Terms of the bridge loan with related party includes repayment of principal on or before June 30, 2021, and an annual interest rate of 18%. In addition to repayment of principal and interest under the bridge loan with related party, the Company issued investors 1,260,063 shares of common stock. As of the date of this Report, the remaining $1,830,000 has been funded to the Company by related party investors. Outstanding principal associated with bridge loan from related party investor at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $170,000 and $-0-, respectively.

 

NOTE 6 INCOME TAXES

 

The Company files tax returns in the United States (“U.S.”) as a C-corporation in the Federal and Delaware jurisdictions, none of which are subject to examination by taxing authorities given the date of business inception is April 4, 2018.

 

The Company has recorded no provision for income taxes or accrued a deferred tax asset (or liability) in the consolidated financial statements, on the basis that, although expected, the likelihood of the Company realizing any tax benefit (or liability) in the future cannot be calculated as of the date of this Report. As of the date of this Report, the Company has filed in compliance with all required local, state, and federal tax filings.

 

NOTE 7 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating leases

 

During the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had two operating leases for office space in Miami, Florida and Belfast, Ireland.

 

Rent expense under the operating leases totaled approximately $100,000 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-15 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 7 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - CONTINUED

 

Employee Equity (Stock) Incentive Plan

 

The Company created an employee stock ownership plan in which, at its sole discretion, may award employees of the Company common stock as an incentive for performance (the “Plan”). Total shares of common stock reserved under the Plan for employee stock options is not to exceed 1, 575,029 options. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company issued approximately 611,313and 59,063 common stock options to employees in each period, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, total unvested common stock options issued to employees under the Company’s employee stock option ownership incentive plan was 670,376 and 59,063, respectively, as of the end of each period. Weighted average strike price per employee stock option is approximately $1.19 per share. Management recorded derivative liability and stock-based compensation expense associated to issuance of employee stock options of $229,712 and $-0- for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

As of the date of this Report, no employee stock options were exercised by participants of the plan.

 

License Agreement

 

The Company expects to finalize license agreements with customers for its technology services in fiscal year 2021. The Company currently has agreements with rideshare and other businesses for placement of its Software-as-a-service (SaaS) and technology products into tablet devices and smart screens (See Note 3).

 

Litigation, Claims, and Assessments

 

The Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims and assessments arising in the ordinary course of business. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. There are no such matters as of December 31, 2020.

 

Related Parties

 

The Company entered into agreements with related parties during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively (see Note 5 and Note 13).

 

NOTE 8 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

There is not a viable market for the Company’s common stock to determine its fair value; therefore, management estimated the fair value to be utilized in the determining the fair value of issued conversion options. In estimating the fair value, management considered the estimated fair value of assets received in exchange for equity instruments and placement agents’ assessments of the underlying common shares relating to our issuance of our senior convertible debt. Considerable management judgment is necessary to estimate the fair value. Accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from management’s estimates.

 

In 2018, the Company created a class of Preferred Series Seed stock (“Preferred stock”). Par value for the Preferred stock is $0.0001 per share and 2,500,000 total shares were authorized under this class of Preferred Series Seed stock. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company issued approximately -0- and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred stock for $1.00 per share paid in exchange for cash consideration paid by investor. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, total Preferred stock shares issued and outstanding were 2,500,000 at the end of both periods, respectively.

 

Preferred stockholders have first liquidation rights in the event of Company dissolution. The Preferred stock shares convert to common stock at a ratio of 1:1.260023 at the discretion by investor, and have no conversion expiration date or exercise strike price to convert. Preferred stock shares bear no interest or dividend payments to its stockholders. There are no restrictions to convert Preferred stock to common other than holding a legal ownership in the shares.

  

F-16 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 8 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY - CONTINUED

 

The Preferred stock has a buyout feature if not converted into common stock by investor. Preferred stock can be bought out by the Company if full return of principal is made to investor ($2,500,000), plus an additional 1x return of capital to investor ($2,500,000). The Preferred stock will convert to common stock upon an IPO.

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, no Preferred stock shares had been converted into common stock by Preferred stockholders. As of the date of this Report, there have been no sales or transfers of Preferred stock shares outside of their original issuance, as reflected above.

 

Dividends

 

Holders of Preferred stock are not entitled to any dividend payment under the subscription agreement, but do have 1st liquidation rights in the event of dissolution of the Company. Holders of common stock are not entitled to any dividend payments, but would receive such payments in the event dividend payments were made to stockholders. Only common stockholders are entitled to receive dividend payments by the Company. There were no dividend

payments made on either class of stock (common or preferred) in 2020 and 2019.

 

Common Stock

 

In 2018, the Company created a class of common stock which represented and is collateralized by Alfi’s business operation, intellectual property, and other net assets. Common stock shares have a par value of $0.0001 per share and 15,000,000 shares authorized to issue. On the 1st day of creating the class of common stock, the Company issued approximately 3,150,000 Founders shares to individuals responsible for creating Alfi’s vision and product set.

 

During fiscal year 2020, the Company issued 31,500 shares of common stock to an unaffiliated third party in exchange for services associated with investment relations and fundraising, and to support the development of revenue producing contracts. Management valued this issuance of common shares as stock-based compensation expense in fiscal year 2020 for approximately $25,000.

 

During fiscal year 2020, the Company issued 1,260,063 shares of common stock to an investor in exchange for bridge loan funding necessary to procure ongoing business operations. Management valued this issuance of common shares as stock-based compensation expense in fiscal year 2020 for approximately $2,000,000.

 

Holders of common stock in the Company are entitled to their pro-rational share of ownership in the business as a going concern. Holders of common stock have second liquidation rights to Preferred stockholders in the event of Company dissolution. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 4,441,523 and 3,150,000 common shares issued and outstanding, respectively.

 

Employee Equity (Stock) Incentive Plan

 

The Company created an employee stock ownership plan in which, at its sole discretion, may award employees of the Company common stock as an incentive for performance (the “Plan”). Total shares of common stock reserved under the Plan for employee stock options is not to exceed 1, 575,029 shares.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company issued approximately 611,313 and 59,063 common stock options to employees in each period, respectively. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, total unexercised common stock options issued to employees under the Company’s employee stock option ownership incentive plan was 670,376 and 59,063, respectively, as of the end of each period.

 

Weighted average strike price per employee stock option is approximately $1.19 per share. Management recorded derivative liability and stock-based compensation expense associated to issuance of employee stock options of $229,712 and $-0- for the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There is not a viable market for the Company’s common stock to determine its fair value; therefore, management estimated the fair value to be utilized in the determining the fair value of issued employee stock conversion options. Considerable management judgment is necessary to estimate the fair value of employee stock options issued employees. Accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from management’s estimates.

 

F-17 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 8 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)

 

Employee Equity (Stock) Incentive Plan (Continued)

 

As of the date of this Report, no employee stock options were exercised by participants of the plan.

 

Stock Option and Warrant Valuation

 

Stock option and warrant valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions. The fair value of stock-based payment awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option model with a volatility figure derived from an index of historical stock prices for comparable entities. For warrants and stock options issued to non- employees, the Company accounts for the expected life based on the contractual life of the warrants and stock options. For employees, the Company accounts for the expected life of options in accordance with the “simplified” method, which is used for “plain-vanilla” options, as defined in the accounting standards codification. The risk-free interest rate was determined from the implied yields of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with a remaining life consistent with the expected term of the options.

 

NOTE 9 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment balances, net of accumulated depreciation, at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $117,474 and $107,744, respectively, and consist of equipment purchases the Company made for IT server and other depreciable computer hardware assets. These assets were assigned a 5-year average useful life.

 

The Company incurred depreciation expense of $23,915 and $22,166 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

A summary of property plant and equipment balances as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

Property and equipment balance at January 1, 2019, net of accumulated depreciation   $ 73,739  
Additions     56,171  
Depreciation expense     (22,166 )
Property and equipment balance at December 31, 2019, net of accumulated depreciation   $ 107,744  
Additions     33,645  
Depreciation expense     (23,915 )
Property and equipment balance at December 31, 2020, net of accumulated depreciation   $ 117,474  

 

Accumulated depreciation incurred at December 31, 2020 and 2019 totaled $46,801 and $22,166, respectively. The Company incurred no fixed asset dispositions or identified asset impairments during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-18 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 10 INTANGIBLE ASSETS – INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

Intellectual Property – Patent and Production Costs

 

The Company's intellectual property includes patent and platform production costs associated with creation of its technology (see Note 1). Included in capitalized patent costs are the legal and logistics expenses directly associated with patent development, acquisition, and filing. Included in capitalized platform production costs are the direct labor, design, testing, acquisition, and allocation for administrative overhead associated with software development. Upon being placed into service in July 2020 for beta testing, capitalized patent and platform production costs and their anticipated useful lives are summarized as follows:

  

    Capitalized
Cost
    Useful
Life
Patent Acquisition Costs   $ 650,000       15 years
Production Costs   $ 4,174,509       5 years
Total Intangible Assets (IP), gross   $ 4,824,509      

 

The Company assigned a 15-year estimated useful life for patent acquisition costs, and a 5-year estimated useful life for technology platform production costs. The Company has been awarded a patent and has patents pending with the United States Patent Trademark Office (USPTO). Patents have a legal lifespan of 20 years. Since 2018, the Company has incurred production costs associated with its technology platform.

 

Management’s determination of useful life estimate for patent acquisition costs is reasonable given the statutory periods for patents of 20 years. Management selected a 5-year useful life for production costs as a conservative expectation of the length of time the Company expects its technology product set to produce future cash flows considering that there are no software or version upgrades. However, with new upgrades to the Alfi platform we believe that the useful life will be extended out further. (See Note 3, Change in Accounting Estimate / Prior Period Reclassifications).

 

A summary of intangible asset, net of accumulated amortization, balances as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

Intangible asset balance at January 1, 2019, net of accumulated amortization   $ 1,033,137  
Additions     2,164,914  
Amortization expense     -0-  
Intangible asset balance at December 31, 2019, net of accumulated amortization   $ 3,198,051  
Additions     1,626,458  
Amortization expense     (440,321 )
Intangible asset balance at December 31, 2020, net of accumulated amortization   $ 4,384,188  

 

When Alfi acquires devices, they are not ready for technical deployment. They have to first go through an activation process, which includes deleting existing software from the device and installation of the Alfi platform, before being placed into service. Upon activating the first tablet device in July 2020, the Company placed its platform into service and began accruing amortization. Up until this point, Alfi was still incurring platform production costs.

 

Future amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 is as follows:

 

Year 1   $ 878,235  
Year 2   $ 878,235  
Year 3   $ 878,235  
Year 4   $ 878,235  
Year 5   $ 459,641  
Thereafter   $ 411,607  
Total   $ 4,384,188  

 

The Company recorded $4,384,188 and $3,198,051 intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $440,321 and $-0-, respectively.

 

Accumulated amortization for years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $440,321 and $-0-, respectively. The Company recorded amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 of $440,321 and for December 31,2019 $-0-. No asset impairment expense or intangible asset dispositions were incurred during fiscal year either period presented under this Report.

 

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization totaled $4,384,188 and $3,198,051 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-19 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 11 OTHER ASSETS (COMPLIMENTARY DEVICES)

 

Tablets 

The Company purchased approximately 9,600 Lenovo tablet hardware devices in 2020 (the “devices”), which are held for placement with rideshare and other businesses. As part of Alfi’s agreements with rideshares, malls and airport owners, devices are provided as a complimentary product . Alfi may pay a revenue share or commission to such third party for the placement of the Alfi-enabled device. See Note 3 for a discussion of revenue recognition from such placement.

 

The Company records these assets at the lower of cost or fair market value. Devices are accounted for as Other assets (Complimentary Devices) on the consolidated balance sheet until they are provided to a rideshare or other businesses for use. Upon being placed into service, the Company expenses these assets to Cost of Sales.

 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had approximately 8,600 and -0- devices on-hand. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company placed approximately 1,000 and -0- devices into service with rideshare or other businesses, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, Other assets (Complimentary Devices) totaled $1,104,000 and $0, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the cost of the tablets on-hand approximated their fair market value. The Company recorded cost of sales associated with Other assets (Complimentary Devices) of approximately $152,500 and $-0- as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

A summary of Other assets (complimentary devices) balances as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

Other assets (complimentary devices) balance at December 31, 2018, net   $ -0-  
Other assets (complimentary devices) expensed to cost of sales     -0-  
Other assets (complimentary devices) balance at December 31, 2019, net   $ -0-  
Purchase of Other assets (complimentary devices)     1,256,500  
Other assets (complimentary devices) expensed to cost of sales     (152,500 )
Other assets (complimentary devices) balance at December 31, 2020, net   $ 1,104,000  

  

When tablets are placed into service with a rideshare or other business, legal ownership transfers to such entity. As of December 31, 2020, there were approximately 7,600 tablets held as collateral with a related party (see Note 5).

 

NOTE 12 OTHER INCOME

 

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company realized and collected approximately $88,000 and $50,000, essentially a foreign tax credit for increasing the value the software not yet sold, associated with its wholly owned subsidiary Alfi NI Ltd. This amount was recorded as other income in the condensed consolidated statement of operations in 2020 and 2019.

 

In addition to the VAT refund received, during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, the Company also realized and collected approximately $107,000 and $47,000 in development credits associated with its wholly owned subsidiary Alfi NI Ltd to encourage software development in Northern Ireland. This amount was recorded as other income in the condensed consolidated statement of operations for 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-20 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

f/k/a LECTREFY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 13 NOTE RECEIVABLE RELATED PARTY

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred a related party note receivable associated with its bridge loan (see Note 5) for $1,830,000. The related party note receivable was paid in full to the Company in January 2021, but is reflected as a note receivable as of December 31, 2020. Balance of the related party note receivable at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1,830,000 and $-0-, respectively.

 

NOTE 14 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Subsequent Events

 

The Company evaluates events that have occurred after the balance sheet date through March 23, 2021.

 

Form S-1 offering

 

The Company has engaged legal counsel, chosen an underwriter and filed a Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company plans to raise a minimum of $15,000,000 associated with the public offerings contemplated by the Form S-1.

 

Forward stock split

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2020, in January 2021, a 1.260023 to 1 forward stock split was approved by the Company. Common stock share numbers contained herein in this Report are presented on a post-split basis unless specifically noted otherwise. The split was made effective on March 1, 2021.

 

Bridge loan agreement

 

On March 22, 2021, the Company entered into a related party promissory note, associated with its bridge loan (see Note 5) for an additional amount of $250,000, with an 18% interest rate. In addition to paying the interest and principal, the Company issued 157,503 common stock shares to secure financing. It is expected this related party promissory note will be repaid from the proceeds of the public offerings contemplated by the Form S-1.

 

F-21 

 

 

3,000,000 Shares of Common Stock and

Warrants to Purchase up to 3,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

, 2021

 

KINGSWOOD CAPITAL MARKETS

division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.

 

Through and including _____________ (the 25th day after the date of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

     

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee.

 

Item   Amount to
be paid
 
SEC registration fee   $ 4,954.50  
FINRA filing fee     2,988.56  
Printing fees and expenses     60,000  
Legal fees and expenses     225,000.00  
Accounting fees and expenses     40,000  
Underwriter’s expenses     125,000.00  
Transfer agent’s fees and expenses     5,000  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses     25,000  
Total   $ 487,943  

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

 

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

 

Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and must indemnify against all expenses, liability, and loss incurred in investigating, defending or participating in such proceedings.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement provides, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee.

 

II-1

 

 

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise; provided however in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than we were permitted prior thereto.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

From August 2018 to April 2019, we issued and sold 2,500,000 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock to one accredited investor for an aggregate purchase price of $2,500,000.

 

The sales of the above-described securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act because they were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

On December 30, 2020, we entered into a bridge loan agreement with Lee Aerospace, Inc. ($1,700,000), Paul Pereira ($250,000), our CEO and Dennis McIntosh ($50,000), our CFO in an amount not exceed an aggregate of $2,000,000 and an amount not less than $1,000,000; provided that any advances in excess of $1,000,000 are at the discretion of the lenders. On March 22, 2021 we entered into a bridge loan agreement to provide for an additional $250,000. Amounts are to be advanced as requested by us, subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, on a pro rata basis among the lenders. Amounts outstanding under the bridge loan bear interest at the rate of 18.0% per year. The note matures on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the occurrence of certain events, including the closing of this offering. In addition, the lenders received, on a pro rata basis, 1,417,526 shares of common stock. This issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit     Description

 

1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement*
 
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Alfi, Inc. dated January 31, 2020**
   
3.2 Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation**
   
3.3 Bylaws of Lectrefy, Inc.**
   
3.4 Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws**
 
4.1 Form of Common Stock Certificate*
   
4.2 Warrant Agency Agreement (including form of Series A Warrant)**
 
5.1  Form of Opinion of Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP*
 
10.1 2018 Stock Incentive Plan**
 
10.2 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 11, 2018**
   
10.3 Series Seed Stock Investment Agreement dated August 1, 2018**
   
10.4 Amendment No. 1 to Series Seed Stock Investment Agreement dated October 31, 2019**
   
10.5 Employment Agreement with Paul Pereira February 10, 2021**
   
10.6 Employment Agreement with John Cook dated February 10, 2021**
   
10.7 Employment Agreement with Charles Pereira dated February 10, 2021**
   
10.8 Employment Agreement with Dennis McIntosh dated February 10, 2021**
   
10.9 Promissory Note with Lee Aerospace, Inc. dated January 15, 2019**
   
10.10 Security Agreement with Lee Aerospace, Inc. dated January 15, 2020**
   
10.11 Bridge Loan Agreement dated December 30, 2020**
   
10.12 Letter Agreement Related to Purchase of Lenovo Tablets dated March 19, 2020**
   
10.13 Bridge Loan Agreement dated March 22, 2021*
   
14.1 Form of Code of Ethics**

 

II-2

 

 

21.1 Subsidiary of the Registrant**
   
23.1 Consent of Slack*
   
23.2 Consent of Opinion of Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
   
24.1 Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this registration statement)
   
99.1 Form of Audit Committee Charter**
   
99.2 Form of Compensation Committee Charter**
   
99.3 Form of Nominating and Corporate Governance Charter**
   
* Filed herewith
   
** Previously filed

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
   
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
   
(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
     
  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) For the purpose of determining liability of a registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of an undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
     

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
     

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by an undersigned registrant;
     

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
     

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-3

 

 

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Miami Beach, Florida, on March 23, 2021.

 

  ALFI, Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Paul Pereira
   

Name: Paul Pereira

Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)

     
     
  By: /s/ Dennis McIntosh
   

Name: Dennis McIntosh

Title: Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

II-4

 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Paul Pereira his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him/her and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any or all amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any or all pre- or post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes for him, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated have signed this Registration Statement below.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Paul Pereira       March 23, 2021
Paul Pereira   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board    
    (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ Dennis McIntosh       March 23, 2021
Dennis McIntosh   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial    
    and Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ John M. Cook, II       March 23, 2021
John M. Cook, II   Chief Business Development Officer and Director    
         
/s/ Peter Bordes   Director   March 23, 2021
Peter Bordes        
         
/s/ Jim Lee       March 23, 2021
Jim Lee   Director    
         
/s/ Justin Elkouri       March 23, 2021
Justin Elkouri   Director    
         
/s/ Allison Ficken       March 23, 2021
Allison Ficken   Director    
         
/s/ Frank Smith       March 23, 2021
Frank Smith   Director    
         
/s/ Richard Mowser       March 23, 2021
Richard Mowser   Director    

 

II-5

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

between

 

ALFI, INC.

 

and

 

KINGSWOOD CAPITAL MARKETS,
division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.,

 

as Representative of the Several Underwriters

 

 

 

 

ALFI, INC.

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

New York, New York

[●], 2021

 

Kingswood Capital Markets,

division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.

as Representative of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 attached hereto

17 Battery Place, Suite 625

New York, New York 10004

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, Alfi, Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (collectively with its subsidiaries and affiliates, including, without limitation, all entities disclosed or described in the Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined) as being subsidiaries, the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “Agreement”) with Kingswood Capital Markets, division of Benchmark Investments, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “you” (including its correlatives) or the “Representative”), and with the other underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto for which the Representative is acting as representative (the Representative and such other underwriters being collectively called the “Underwriters” or, individually, an “Underwriter”) as follows:

 

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares.

 

1.1.         Firm Securities.

 

1.1.1.       Nature and Purchase of Firm Securities.

 

(i)            On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of [●] authorized but unissued shares (the “Firm Shares”) of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), together with warrants to purchase an aggregate of [●] shares of Common Stock each at an exercise price of $[●] (110% of the public offering price per Firm Share in the Offering), in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined) (the “Firm Warrants,” and collectively with the Common Stock, the “Firm Securities”).

 

(ii)           Each Firm Share will be sold together with one Firm Warrant and will be immediately separable upon issuance. The Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Shares and accompanying Firm Warrants set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, at a purchase price of $[●] per Firm Share and accompanying Firm Warrant (92% of the public offering price for each Firm Share and accompanying Firm Warrant). The Firm Securities are to be offered initially to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof).

 

1.1.2.       Payment and Delivery of Securities.

 

(i)            Delivery and payment for the Firm Securities shall be made at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the second (2nd) Business Day following the effective date (the “Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 below) (or the third (3rd) Business Day following the Effective Date if the Registration Statement is declared effective after 4:01 p.m., Eastern time) or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at the offices of Jolie Kahn, Esq., 12 E. 49th Street, 11th floor, New York, NY 10017 (“Representative Counsel”), or at such other place (or remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Securities is called the “Closing Date.”

 

2 

 

 

(ii)           Payment for the Firm Securities shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery of the certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Firm Securities (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Securities shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Securities except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all of the Firm Securities. The term “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home,” “shelter-in-place,” “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York generally are open for use by customers on such day.

 

1.2.         Over-allotment Option.

 

1.2.1.       Option Securities. For the purposes of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Securities, the Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [●] additional shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”) and accompanying warrants to purchase an aggregate of [●] shares of Common Stock (the “Option Warrants,” and collectively with the Option Shares, the “Option Securities”), representing fifteen percent (15%) of the Firm Shares and Firm Warrants sold in the offering, from the Company (the “Over-allotment Option”). The purchase price to be paid per Option Share and accompanying Option Warrant shall be equal to the price per Firm Share and accompanying Firm Warrant set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof. The shares of Common Stock into which the Warrants are exercisable are hereinafter referred to as the “Warrant Shares.” The Firm Securities and the Option Securities are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Primary Securities.” The Primary Securities and Warrant Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Public Securities.” The offering and sale of the Primary Securities is hereinafter referred to as the “Offering.”

 

1.2.2.       Exercise of Option. The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Representative as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Securities within 45 days after the Effective Date. The purchase price to be paid per Option Share shall be equal to the Firm Share purchase price. The purchase price to be paid per Option Warrant shall be equal to the Firm Warrant purchase price. The Underwriters shall not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Securities prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company from the Representative, which must be confirmed in writing by overnight mail or facsimile or other electronic transmission setting forth the number of Option Shares and accompanying Option Warrants to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Securities (the “Option Closing Date”), which shall not be later than one (1) Business Day after the date of the notice or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative, at the offices of Representative Counsel or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative. If such delivery and payment for the Option Securities does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option with respect to all or any portion of the Option Securities, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) the Company shall become obligated to sell to the Underwriters the number of Option Shares and accompanying Option Warrants specified in such notice and (ii) each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, shall purchase that portion of the total number of Option Shares and accompanying Option Warrants then being purchased as set forth in Schedule 1 opposite the name of such Underwriter.

 

1.2.3.       Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Option Securities shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery to you of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Option Shares and accompanying Option Warrants (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Underwriters. The Option Securities shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Option Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Option Securities except upon tender of payment by the Representative for applicable Option Securities.

 

3 

 

 

1.3.         Representative’s Warrants.

 

1.3.1.       Purchase Warrants. The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Representative (and/or its designees) on the Closing Date a warrant (“Representative’s Warrants”) for the purchase of an aggregate of [●] shares of Common Stock, representing 5.0% of the number of Firm Shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $100.00. The agreement(s) representing the Representative’s Warrants, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Representative’s Warrant Agreement”), shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on a date which is the one (1) year anniversary of the Effective Date and expiring on the five-year anniversary of the Effective Date at an initial exercise price per share of Common Stock of $[●], which is equal to 125.0% of the initial public offering price of the Firm Shares. The Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof are hereinafter referred to together as the “Representative’s Securities.” The Representative understands and agrees that there are significant restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 against transferring the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the underlying shares of Common Stock during the one hundred eighty (180) days after the Effective Date and by its acceptance thereof shall agree that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Representative’s Warrant Agreement, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than (i) an Underwriter or a selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Representative or of any such Underwriter or selected dealer; and only if any such transferee agrees to the foregoing lock-up restrictions.

 

1.3.2.       Delivery. Delivery of the Representative’s Warrant Agreement shall be made on the Closing Date and, if applicable, the Option Closing Date, and shall be issued in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as of the Applicable Time (as defined below), as of the Closing Date and as of the Option Closing Date, if any, as follows:

 

2.1.         Filing of Registration Statement.

 

2.1.1.       Pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement, and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-251959), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Public Securities and the Representative’s Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder (the “Securities Act Regulations”), and contains and, with respect to filings after the date hereof, will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective (including the Preliminary Prospectus included in the registration statement, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations (the “Rule 430A Information”)), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement.” If the Company files any registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, then after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include such registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b). The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

 

Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “Preliminary Prospectus.” The Preliminary Prospectus, subject to completion, dated [●], 2021, that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus.” The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in the Offering, that includes the Rule 430A Information, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” Any reference to the “most recent Preliminary Prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

4 

 

 

Applicable Time” means 4:30 p.m., Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations) relating to the Public Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Public Securities or of the Offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule 2-B hereto.

 

Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

Pricing Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the Pricing Prospectus and the information included on Schedule 2-A hereto, all considered together.

 

2.1.2.       Pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number [●]) providing for the registration of the Common Stock and the Warrants (the “Form 8-A Registration Statement”). The Common Stock and the Warrants are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Form 8-A Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date hereof. The Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock and the Warrants under the Exchange Act, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration.

 

2.2.         Stock Exchange Listing. The shares of Common Stock and Warrants have each been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Exchange”), subject only to official notice of issuance, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, delisting the shares of Common Stock or Warrants from the Exchange, nor has the Company received any notification that the Exchange is contemplating terminating such listing except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.3.        No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute, any proceedings with respect to such an order. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

2.4.         Disclosures in Registration Statement.

 

2.4.1.       Compliance with Securities Act and 10b-5 Representation.

 

(i)            Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus, including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto, and the Prospectus, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this Offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to the Commission’s EDGAR filing system (“EDGAR”), except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T promulgated under the Securities Act (“Regulation S-T”).

 

5 

 

 

(ii)           Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, as of the Applicable Time, at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date (if any), contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein, not misleading.

 

(iii)          The Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date (if any), did not, does not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus hereto does not conflict in any material respect with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each such Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists solely of the following disclosure contained in the “Underwriting” section of the Prospectus: the names of the Underwriters, the information in the second paragraph under the subheading titled “Discounts and Commissions” and the information under the subheadings titled “Price Stabilization, Short Positions, and Penalty Bids” and “Electronic Distribution” (the “Underwriters’ Information”).

 

(iv)          Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriters’ Information.

 

2.4.2.       Disclosure of Agreements. The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Without limiting the foregoing, all loan agreements or otherwise evidencing indebtedness of the Company (other than short-term trade payables in the ordinary course of business) are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which it is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or (ii) is material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. None of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in default thereunder. Performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental or regulatory agency, authority, body, entity or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses (each, a “Governmental Entity”), including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.

 

6 

 

 

2.4.3.       Prior Securities Transactions. No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Preliminary Prospectus.

 

2.4.4.       Regulations. The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, state, local and all foreign laws, rules and regulations relating to the Offering and the Company’s business as currently conducted or contemplated are correct and complete in all material respects and no other such laws, rules or regulations are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which are not so disclosed.

 

2.4.5.       No Other Distribution of Offering Materials. The Company has not, directly or indirectly, distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the Offering other than any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus and other materials, if any, permitted under the Securities Act and consistent with Section 3.2 below.

 

2.5.         Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.

 

2.5.1.       No Material Adverse Change. Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or results of operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any change or development that, singularly or in the aggregate, would involve a material adverse change or a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Company or its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Change”); (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) no officer or director of the Company has resigned from any position with the Company.

 

2.5.2.      Recent Securities Transactions, etc. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.

 

2.6.         [Reserved]

 

2.7.         Independent Accountants. To the knowledge of the Company, Slack & Company CPAs, LLC (the “Auditors”), whose reports are filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The Auditors has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

7 

 

 

2.8.         Financial Statements, etc. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, fairly present in all material respects the financial position and the results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved (provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material in the aggregate and do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP); and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations. The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted financial information and the related notes, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus have been properly compiled and prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission), if any, comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable. Each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) since the date of the last balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including each entity disclosed or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as being a subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”), has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock, (c) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, other than in the ordinary course of business, any grants under any stock compensation plan, and (d) there has not been any material adverse change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt. The Company represents that it has no direct or indirect subsidiaries other than those listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

2.9.         Authorized Capital; Options, etc. The Company had, at the date or dates indicated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth therein. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date, as of the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, there will be no stock options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized, but unissued shares of Common Stock of the Company or any security convertible or exercisable into shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell shares of Common Stock or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

 

2.10.       Valid Issuance of Securities, etc.

 

2.10.1.     Outstanding Securities. All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission or the ability to force the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase such securities with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or rights of participation of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized shares of Common Stock conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The offers and sales of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, options, warrants and other outstanding securities for shares of the Common Stock, and were at all relevant times either registered to the purchasers of such securities under the Securities Act and the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or, based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such shares of Common Stock, exempt from such registration requirements. The description of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other related plans or arrangements, and options and/or other rights granted thereunder, as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, accurately and fairly present, in all material respects, the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

 

8 

 

 

2.10.2.     Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement. The Public Securities and Representative’s Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities are and will be free from all preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company, or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Warrants, when issued and paid for pursuant to this Agreement and the Warrant Agency Agreement (as defined below), will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment therefor, the Warrant Shares. The Representative’s Warrant Agreement, when issued and paid for pursuant to this Agreement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment therefor, the underlying shares of Common Stock. The Public Securities and Representative’s Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. All corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Representative’s Warrant Agreement has been duly and validly taken; the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and when paid for and issued in accordance with the Representative’s Warrant and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement, such shares of Common Stock will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and such shares of Common Stock are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company.

 

2.11.       Registration Rights of Third Parties. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any options, warrants, rights or other securities exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Securities Act or to include any such securities in the Registration Statement or any other registration statement to be filed by the Company.

 

2.12.     Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Warrants, and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

2.13.       No Conflicts, etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Warrants, the Representative’s Warrant Agreement, and all ancillary documents, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a material breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a material default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or as to which any property of the Company is a party; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation (as the same have been amended or restated from time to time, the “Charter”) or the by-laws of the Company; or (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Entity as of the date hereof.

 

9 

 

 

2.14.       No Defaults; Violations. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no material default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any material license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Charter or by-laws, or in violation of any material franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any Governmental Entity, except for such violations that would not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.15.       Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.

 

2.15.1.     Conduct of Business. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all material consents, authorizations, approvals, licenses, certificates, clearances, permits and orders and supplements and amendments thereto (collectively, “Authorizations”) of and from all Governmental Entities that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business purpose as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except for such Authorizations, the absence of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.15.2.     Transactions Contemplated Herein. The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all Authorizations required in connection therewith have been obtained. No Authorization of, and no filing with, any Governmental Entity, the Exchange or another body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Public Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable Securities Act Regulations, state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).

 

2.16.       D&O Questionnaires. To the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (the “Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers immediately prior to the Offering (the “Insiders”) as supplemented by all information concerning the Insiders as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus provided to the Underwriters, is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires to become materially inaccurate and incorrect.

 

2.17.       Litigation; Governmental Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against, or involving the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any executive officer or director which has not been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or in connection with the Company’s listing application for the listing of the Public Securities on the Exchange.

 

2.18.       Good Standing. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware as of the date hereof, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify, singularly or in the aggregate, would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.19.       Insurance. The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance (including, without limitation, as to directors and officers insurance coverage), with reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks which the Company believes are adequate, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.20.       Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA.

 

2.20.1.     Finder’s Fees. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Public Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its stockholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

10 

 

 

2.20.2.     Payments Within Twelve (12) Months. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not made any direct or indirect payments in connection with the Offering (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve (12) months prior to the Effective Date, other than the payment to the Underwriters as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering.

 

2.20.3.     Use of Proceeds. None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

2.20.4.     FINRA Affiliation. There is no (i) officer or director of the Company, (ii)  beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement that is an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).

 

2.20.5.     Information. All information provided by the Company in its FINRA questionnaire to Representative Counsel specifically for use by Representative Counsel in connection with its Public Offering System filings (and related disclosure) with FINRA is true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

2.21.       Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of the Company and its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any Governmental Entity (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Change or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business, operations or prospects of the Company. The Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

2.22.       Compliance with OFAC. None of the Company and its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

2.23.       Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

2.24.       Officers’ Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to Representative Counsel on the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

11 

 

 

2.25.       Lock-Up Agreements. Schedule 3 hereto contains a complete and accurate list of the Company’s officers, directors and each owner of 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible or exercisable into shares of Common Stock) (collectively, the “Lock-Up Parties”). The Company has caused each of the Lock-Up Parties to deliver to the Representative an executed Lock-Up Agreement, in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

2.26.       Subsidiaries. All direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Company are duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the place of organization or incorporation, and each Subsidiary is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company taken as a whole. The Company’s ownership and control of each Subsidiary is as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.27.       Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

 

2.28.       Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of the persons set forth under the heading of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus captioned “Management.” The qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board comply with the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act Regulations, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) applicable to the Company and the listing rules of the Exchange. At least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange. In addition, at least a majority of the persons serving on the Board of Directors qualify as “independent,” as defined under the listing rules of the Exchange.

 

2.29.       Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance.

 

2.29.1.     Disclosure Controls. The Company has developed and currently maintains disclosure controls and procedures that will comply in all material respects with Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations, and such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that all material information concerning the Company will be made known on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of the Company’s Exchange Act filings and other public disclosure documents.

 

2.29.2.     Compliance. The Company is and at the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to it, and has implemented or will implement such programs and has taken reasonable steps to ensure the Company’s future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all of the material provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

2.30.       Accounting Controls. The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined under Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations) that comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal controls. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are known to the Company’s management and that have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud known to the Company’s management, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

12 

 

 

2.31.       No Investment Company Status. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, required to register as an “investment company,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

2.32.       No Labor Disputes. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent. The Company is not aware that any officer, key employee or significant group of employees of the Company plans to terminate employment with the Company.

 

2.33.       Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns or possesses or has valid rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“Intellectual Property Rights”) and necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company, no action or use by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property Rights of others. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any such infringement, fee or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change: (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of the Company in or to any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (C) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Company have not been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others, the Company has not received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company is in or has ever been in violation in any material respect of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company, or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company and could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change. To the Company’s knowledge, all material technical information developed by and belonging to the Company which has not been patented has been kept confidential. The Company is not a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described therein. The Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus contain in all material respects the same description of the matters set forth in the preceding sentence. None of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors or employees, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons.

 

13 

 

 

 

2.34.            Taxes. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has filed all returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company or such respective Subsidiary. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. Except as disclosed in writing to the Underwriters, (i) no issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company or its Subsidiaries, and (ii) no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company or its Subsidiaries. There are no tax liens against the assets, properties or business of the Company or its Subsidiaries. The term “taxes” means all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

2.35.            ERISA Compliance. The Company and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ERISA”)) established or maintained by the Company or its “ERISA Affiliates” (as defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA. “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to the Company, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”) of which the Company is a member. No “reportable event” (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates. No “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates, if such “employee benefit plan” were terminated, would have any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under ERISA). Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any material liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “employee benefit plan” or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

 

2.36.            Compliance with Laws. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary: (A) is and at all times has been in compliance with all statutes, rules, or regulations applicable to the business of the Company as currently conducted (“Applicable Laws”), except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change; (B) has not received any warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from any Governmental Entity alleging or asserting noncompliance with any Applicable Laws or any Authorizations; (C) possesses all material Authorizations and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and are not in material violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (D) has not received notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any Governmental Entity or third party alleging that any activity conducted by the Company is in violation of any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Entity or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (E) has not received notice that any Governmental Entity has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Entity is considering such action; and (F) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were complete and correct in all material respects on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission).

 

2.37.            Emerging Growth Company. From the time of the initial submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly in or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act. The Company has not (i) alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the written consent of the Representative and with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) authorized anyone other than the Representative to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company confirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications.

 

14 

 

 

2.38.            Environmental Laws. The Company is in compliance with all foreign, federal, state and local rules, laws and regulations relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and protection of health and safety or the environment which are applicable to their businesses (“Environmental Laws”), except where the failure to comply would not, singularly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. There has been no storage, generation, transportation, handling, treatment, disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind of toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances by, due to, or caused by the Company (or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other entity for whose acts or omissions the Company is or may otherwise be liable) upon any of the property now or previously owned or leased by the Company, or upon any other property, in violation of any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or which would, under any law, statute, ordinance, rule (including rule of common law), regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit, give rise to any liability, except for any violation or liability which would not have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such violations and liabilities, a Material Adverse Change; and there has been no disposal, discharge, emission or other release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances with respect to which the Company has knowledge, except for any such disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind which would not have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such discharges and other releases, a Material Adverse Change. In the ordinary course of business, the Company conducts periodic reviews of the effect of Environmental Laws on its business and assets, in the course of which they identify and evaluate associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or governmental permits issued thereunder, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties). On the basis of such reviews, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not have, singularly or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.39.            Title to Property. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real or personal property which are material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, claims and defects that do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or its Subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

 

2.40.            Contracts Affecting Capital. There are no transactions, arrangements or other relationships between and/or among the Company, any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations) and any unconsolidated entity, including, but not limited to, any structured finance, special purpose or limited purpose entity that could reasonably be expected to materially affect the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ liquidity or the availability of or requirements for their capital resources required to be described or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which have not been described or incorporated by reference as required.

 

2.41.            Loans to Directors or Officers. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees or indebtedness by the Company or its Subsidiaries to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

15 

 

 

2.42.            Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the Effective Date and at the time of any amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the Securities Act Regulations) of the Public Securities and at the Effective Date, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

2.43.            Smaller Reporting Company. As of the time of filing of the Registration Statement, the Company was a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act Regulations.

 

2.44.            Industry Data. The statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources.

 

2.45.            Electronic Road Show. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the Securities Act Regulations such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h) of the Securities Act Regulations) is required in connection with the Offering.

 

2.46.            Margin Securities. The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Public Securities to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

2.47.           Dividends and Distributions. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, Registration Statement and the Prospectus, no Subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited or restricted, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock (to the extent that any such prohibition or restriction on dividends and/or distributions would have a material effect to the Company), from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, except as may otherwise be provided in current loan or mortgage-related documents.

 

2.48.            Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

2.49.            Integration. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would cause the Offering to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act that would require the registration of any such securities under the Securities Act.

 

2.50.            Confidentiality and Non-Competitions. To the Company’s knowledge, no director, officer, key employee or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject to any confidentiality, non-disclosure, non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer (other than the Company) or prior employer that could materially affect his or her ability to be and act in his or her respective capacity of the Company or such Subsidiary or be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.51.            Corporate Records. The minute books of the Company have been made available to the Representative and Representative Counsel and such books (i) contain minutes of all material meetings and actions of the Board of Directors (including each board committee) and stockholders of the Company, and (ii) reflect all material transactions referred to in such minutes.

 

2.52.            Diligence Materials. The Company has provided to the Representative and Representative Counsel all materials required or necessary to respond in all material respects to the diligence request submitted to the Company or Company Counsel by the Representative.

 

16 

 

 

2.53.            Stabilization. Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or stockholders (without the consent of the Representative) has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under Regulation M of the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Public Securities.

 

3. Covenants of the Company.

 

The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

3.1.              Amendments to Registration Statement. The Company shall deliver to the Representative, at least one (1) Business Day (or such shorter time mutually agreed by the parties hereto) prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative shall reasonably object in writing.

 

3.2.               Federal Securities Laws.

 

3.2.1.            Compliance. The Company, subject to Section 3.2.2, shall comply with the requirements of Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations, and will notify the Representative promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed; (ii) of its receipt of any comments from the Commission; (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information; (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Securities Act concerning the Registration Statement; or (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act in connection with the Offering of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities. The Company shall effect all filings required under Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and shall take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company shall use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

3.2.2.            Continued Compliance. The Company shall comply with the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations, the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Public Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the Securities Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Public Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of Representative Counsel or Company Counsel, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser; or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representative notice of such event; (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representative with copies of any such amendment or supplement; and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative or Representative Counsel shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representative notice of any filings made pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Exchange Act Regulations within two (2) Business Days prior to the Applicable Time. The Company shall give the Representative notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time until the later of the Closing Date and the exercise in full or expiration of the Over-allotment Option specified in Section 1.2 hereof and will furnish the Representative with copies of the related document(s) a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representative or Representative Counsel shall reasonably object.

 

17 

 

 

3.2.3.            Exchange Act Registration. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to maintain the registration of the Common Stock and Warrants under the Exchange Act. The Company shall not deregister the Common Stock or Warrants under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

3.2.4.           Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, it shall not make any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representative shall be deemed to have consented to each Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus set forth in Schedule 2-B. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representative as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

3.2.5.            Testing-the-Waters Communications. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly notify the Representative and shall promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

3.3.         Delivery to the Underwriters of Registration Statements. The Company has delivered or made available or shall deliver or make available to the Representative and Representative Counsel, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to each Underwriter, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) upon receipt of a written request therefor from such Underwriter. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

3.4.        Delivery to the Underwriters of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered or made available or will deliver or make available to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the Securities Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the Securities Act Regulations, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

18 

 

 

3.5.           Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus for at least nine (9) months after the Applicable Time, and shall notify the Representative promptly and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in this Section 3.5 that, in the judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in (a) the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (b) in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

 

3.6.           Review of Financial Statements. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent registered public accounting firm to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the three fiscal quarters immediately preceding the announcement of any quarterly financial information.

 

3.7.           Listing. The Company shall use its best efforts to maintain the listing of the Securities on the Exchange until at least three (3) years after the date of this Agreement.

 

3.8.           Financial Public Relations. As of the Effective Date, the Company shall have retained a financial public relations firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative and the Company, which shall initially be TradigitalIR, which firm shall be experienced in assisting issuers in initial public offerings of securities and in their relations with their security holders, and shall retain such firm or another firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative for a period of not less than two (2) years after the Effective Date.

 

3.9.           Reports to the Representative.

 

3.9.1.            Periodic Reports, etc. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall furnish or make available to the Representative copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities and also promptly furnish to the Representative: (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission under the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations; (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs which was released by the Company; (iii) a copy of each Form 8-K prepared and filed by the Company; (iv) a copy of each registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; (v) a copy of each report or other communication furnished to stockholders and (vi) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Representative pursuant to this Section 3.9.1. Any documents not filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be delivered to jrallo@kingswoodcm.com, with a copy to dboral@kingswoodcm.com.

 

3.9.2.            Transfer Agent; Transfer Sheets. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall retain a transfer agent and registrar acceptable to the Representative (the “Transfer Agent”) and shall furnish to the Representative at the Company’s sole cost and expense such transfer sheets of the Company’s securities as the Representative may reasonably request, including the daily and monthly consolidated transfer sheets of the Transfer Agent and DTC. VStock Transfer, LLC is acceptable to the Representative to act as Transfer Agent for the shares of Common Stock and Warrants.

 

19 

 

 

3.9.3.            Trading Reports. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, during such time as any of the Public Securities are listed on the Exchange, the Company shall provide to the Representative, at the Company’s expense, such reports published by the Exchange relating to price trading of the Public Securities, as the Representative shall reasonably request.

 

3.10.       Payment of Expenses

 

3.10.1.          General Expenses Related to the Offering. The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at the Closing Date, all expenses related to the Offering or otherwise incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities with the Commission; (b) all Public Filing System filing fees associated with the review of the Offering by FINRA; (c) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of such Public Securities and Representative’s Securities on the Exchange and such other stock exchanges as the Company and the Representative together determine, including any fees charged by DTC; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the Public Securities under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate ; (f) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the Public Securities under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate; (g) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, Selected Dealers’ Agreement, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), Registration Statements, Prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final Prospectuses as the Representative may reasonably deem necessary; (h) the costs and expenses of a public relations firm; (i) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the Public Securities; (j) fees and expenses of the transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock; (k) fees and expenses of the warrant agent under the Warrant Agency Agreement; (l) stock transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the Underwriters; (m) the costs associated with one set of bound volumes of the public offering materials as well as commemorative mementos and lucite tombstones, each of which the Company or its designee shall provide within a reasonable time after the Closing Date in such quantities as the Representative may reasonably request; (n) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants; (o) the fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (p) the fees and expenses of Representative Counsel; (q) the cost associated with the Underwriters’ use of Ipreo’s book-building, prospectus tracking and compliance software for the Offering; (r) to the extent approved by the Company in writing, the costs associated with post-Closing advertising the Offering in the national editions of the Wall Street Journal and New York Times; and (s) the Underwriters’ actual accountable expenses for the Offering, including, without limitation related to the “road show.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligations to reimburse the Representative for any out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred as set forth in the preceding sentence shall not exceed $150,000 in the aggregate for legal fees and related expenses. The Representative may deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, if any, the expenses set forth herein to be paid by the Company to the Underwriters from the flow of funds relating to such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

3.10.2.          Non-accountable Expenses. The Company further agrees that, in addition to the expenses payable pursuant to Section 3.10.1, on the Closing Date, it shall pay to the Representative through the flow of funds memo at Closing, by deduction from the net proceeds of the Offering contemplated herein, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Firm Securities (but not the Option Securities).

 

20 

 

 

3.11.            Application of Net Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the Offering received by it in a manner consistent with the application thereof described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

3.12.            Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders. The Company shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth (15th) full calendar month following the date of this Agreement, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by an independent registered public accounting firm unless required by the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) covering a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning after the date of this Agreement.

 

3.13.            Stabilization. Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or stockholders has taken or shall take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under Regulation M of the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Public Securities.

 

3.14.            Internal Controls. The Company shall maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

3.15.            Accountants. As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has retained an independent registered public accounting firm, as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, reasonably acceptable to the Representative, and the Company shall continue to retain a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm for a period of at least three (3) years after the date of this Agreement. The Representative acknowledges that the Auditor is acceptable to the Representative.

 

3.16.            FINRA. For a period of 90 days from the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, the Company shall advise the Representative (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is or becomes aware that (i) any officer or director of the Company, (ii) any beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180 days immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).

 

3.17.            No Fiduciary Duties. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters’ responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and that none of the Underwriters or their affiliates or any selling agent shall be deemed to be acting in a fiduciary capacity, or otherwise owes any fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.18.            Company Lock-Up Agreements. The Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, it will not, for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the date of this Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (ii) file or cause to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8; (iii) complete any offering of debt securities of the Company, other than entering into a line of credit or senior credit facility with a traditional bank or other lending institution; or (iv) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of the Company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

21 

 

 

The restrictions contained in this Section 3.18 shall not apply to (i) the Primary Securities to be sold hereunder, as well as the Representative’s Warrants and any shares of Common Stock into which the Warrants and Representative’s Warrants are exercisable; (ii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of a stock option or warrant or the conversion of a security, in each case outstanding on the date hereof, provided that such options, warrants, securities are disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus and have not been amended since the date of this Agreement to increase the number of such securities or to decrease the exercise price, exchange price or conversion price of such securities or to extend the term of such securities, or (iii) the issuance by the Company of any shares of Common Stock or standard options to purchase Common Stock to directors, officers or employees of the Company in their capacity as such pursuant to an Approved Stock Plan (as defined below). “Approved Stock Plan” means any employee benefit plan which has been approved by the board of directors of the Company prior to or subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to which shares of Common Stock and standard options to purchase Common Stock may be issued to any employee, officer or director for services provided to the Company in their capacity as such.

 

3.19.            Release of D&O Lock-up Period. If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreements described in Section 2.25 hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three (3) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two (2) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

3.20.            Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company shall use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, if necessary, to qualify the Public Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representative may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Public Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

3.21.            Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and Exchange Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Public Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act Regulations.

 

3.22.            Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company shall promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Public Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) fifteen (15) days following the completion of the Lock-Up Period.

 

3.23.           Press Releases. Prior to the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, the Company shall not issue any press release or other communication directly or indirectly or hold any press conference with respect to the Company, its condition, financial or otherwise, or earnings, business affairs or business prospects (except for routine oral marketing communications in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practices of the Company and of which the Representative is notified), without the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless in the judgment of the Company and its counsel, and after notification to the Representative, such press release or communication is required by law.

 

3.24.            Sarbanes-Oxley. The Company shall at all times comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in effect from time to time.

 

3.25.            IRS Forms. If requested by the Representative, the Company shall deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 or an IRS Form W-8, as appropriate, together with all required attachments to such form.

 

3.26.            Warrant Agent. For so long as the Warrants are outstanding, the Company will maintain the Warrant Agency Agreement in full force and effect with VStock Transfer, LLC or a transfer agent of similar competence and quality. The Firm Warrants, and, if applicable, Option Warrants, will be issued in accordance with the Warrant Agency Agreement.

 

22 

 

 

4. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations.

 

The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Public Securities, as provided herein, shall be subject to (i) the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any; (ii) the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof; (iii) the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and (iv) the following conditions:

 

4.1.         Regulatory Matters.

 

4.1.1.            Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information. The Registration Statement has become effective not later than 5:30 p.m., Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Representative, and, at each of the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto shall have been issued under the Securities Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes shall have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act Regulations (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A under the Securities Act Regulations.

 

4.1.2.            FINRA Clearance. On or before the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received clearance from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.

 

4.1.3.            Exchange Clearance. On the Closing Date, the Common Stock and Warrants shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

4.2.         Company Counsel Matters.

 

4.2.1.            Closing Date Opinion of Counsel. On the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance letter of Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP (“Company Counsel”), counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representative, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative.

 

4.2.2.            Option Closing Date Opinions of Counsel. On the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance letter of Company Counsel listed in Section 4.2.1, dated the Option Closing Date, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, confirming as of the Option Closing Date, the statements made by such counsel in its opinion delivered on the Closing Date.

 

4.2.3.            Reliance. The opinion of Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP and any opinion relied upon by Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP shall include a statement to the effect that it may be relied upon by Representative Counsel in its opinion delivered to the Underwriters.

 

4.3.         Comfort Letters.

 

4.3.1.            Comfort Letter. At the time this Agreement is executed the Representative shall have received a cold comfort letter from the Auditor containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ comfort letters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects to the Representative and to Representative Counsel from the Auditor, dated as of the date of this Agreement.

 

23 

 

 

4.3.2.            Bring-down Comfort Letter. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received from the Auditor a letter, dated as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, to the effect that the Auditor reaffirms the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 4.3.1.

 

4.4.         Officers’ Certificates.

 

4.4.1.            Officers’ Certificate. The Company shall have furnished to the Representative a certificate, dated the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date (if such date is other than the Closing Date), of its Chief Executive Officer or President, and its Chief Financial Officer stating that on behalf of the Company and not in an individual capacity that (i) such officers have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and, in their opinion, the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto after the Effective Date, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as of its date and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), the Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto after the Effective Date, as of the respective date thereof and as of the Closing Date, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, (ii) since the effective date of the Registration Statement, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (iii) to the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), and (iv) there has not been, subsequent to the date of the most recent audited financial statements included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, a Material Adverse Change.

 

4.4.2.            Secretary’s Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying on behalf of the Company and not in an individual capacity: (i) that each of the Charter and Bylaws is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Offering are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

4.5.         No Material Changes. Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any: (i) there shall have been no Material Adverse Change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (ii) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Securities Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

24 

 

 

4.6.         No Material Misstatement or Omission. The Underwriters shall not have discovered and disclosed to the Company on or prior to the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date that the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of Representative Counsel, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the opinion of Representative Counsel, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of Representative Counsel, is material and is necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

4.7.         Corporate Proceedings. All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of each of this Agreement, the Public Securities, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if any, and the Prospectus and all other legal matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to Representative Counsel, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel all documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

4.8.         Lock-Up Agreements. On or before the date of this Agreement, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Lock-Up Agreements from each of the persons listed in Schedule 3 hereto.

 

4.9.         Warrant Agency Agreement. On or before the date of this Agreement, the Company shall have entered into a Warrant Agency Agreement between the Company and VStock Transfer, LLC, as warrant agent with respect to the Warrants, in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Warrant Agency Agreement”), or if applicable, as otherwise directed by the Underwriters.

 

4.10.       Additional Documents. At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date (if any) Representative Counsel shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling Representative Counsel to deliver an opinion to the Underwriters, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and Representative Counsel.

 

25 

 

 

5. Indemnification.

 

5.1.         Indemnification of the Underwriters.

 

5.1.1.            General. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates and each of its and their respective directors, officers, members, employees, representatives, partners, shareholders, affiliates, counsel and agents and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Underwriter Indemnified Parties,” and each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”), against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, whether arising out of any action between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and the Company or between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and any third party, or otherwise) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the laws of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as from time to time each may be amended and supplemented); (ii) any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the Offering, including any “road show” or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); or (iii) any application or other document or written communication (in this Section 5, collectively called “application”) executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Public Securities and the Representative’s Warrant Shares under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency, the Exchange or any other national securities exchange; or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information. With respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5.1.1 shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter Indemnified Party to the extent that any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party (a) is based on the Underwriters’ Information, (b) results from the fact that a copy of the Prospectus was not given or sent to the person asserting any such loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the written confirmation of sale of the Public Securities to such person as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and if the untrue statement or omission has been corrected in the Prospectus, unless such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with its obligations under Section 3.3 hereof, or (c) is found in a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Underwriter Indemnified Party.

 

5.1.2.            Procedure. If any action is brought against an Underwriter Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to Section 5.1.1, such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the institution of such action and the Company shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense of such action, including the employment and fees of counsel (subject to the reasonable approval of such Underwriter Indemnified Party) and payment of actual expenses. Such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party unless (i) the employment of such counsel at the expense of the Company shall have been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the defense of such action, or (ii) the Company shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action, or (iii) the action includes both the Company and the indemnified party as defendants and such indemnified party or parties shall have been advised by its counsel that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the Company which makes it impossible or inadvisable for the Company and such indemnified party to be represented in the action by the same counsel (in which case the Company shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), in any of which events the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one additional firm of attorneys selected by the Underwriter Indemnified Parties who are party to such action (in addition to local counsel) shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Underwriter Indemnified Party shall assume the defense of such action as provided above, the Company shall have the right to approve the terms of any settlement of such action, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

5.2.         Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and persons who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the several Underwriters, as incurred, but only with respect to such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) which arise out of or are based upon untrue statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any application, in reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information. In case any action shall be brought against the Company or any other person so indemnified based on any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any application, and in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter, such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties given to the several Underwriters by the provisions of Section 5.1.2. The Company agrees promptly to notify the Representative of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or any person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Public Securities or in connection with the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

 

26 

 

 

 

5.3. Contribution.

 

5.3.1.            Contribution Rights. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 shall for any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 5.1 or 5.2 in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and each of the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the Offering, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to such Offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the Offering purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discount and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the Underwriters, on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement, omission, act or failure to act; provided that the parties hereto agree that the written information furnished to the Company through the Representative by or on behalf of any Underwriter for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, any Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, consists solely of the Underwriters’ Information. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5.3.1 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding referred to above in this Section 5.3.1 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 5.3.1, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.3.1 no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the total discount and commission received by such Underwriter in connection with the Offering less the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise paid or becomes liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission, act or alleged act or failure to act or alleged failure to act. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

5.3.2.            Contribution Procedure. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“contributing party”), notify the contributing party of the commencement thereof, but the failure to so notify the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder. In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a contributing party or its representative of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid 15 days, the contributing party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other contributing party similarly notified. Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such contributing party. The contribution provisions contained in this Section 5.3.2 are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 5.3 are several and in proportion to their respective underwriting obligation, and not joint.

 

27

 

 

6. Default by an Underwriter.

 

6.1.         Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Securities or Option Securities. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Securities or the Option Securities, if the Over-allotment Option is exercised hereunder, and if the number of the Firm Securities or Option Securities with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Shares and accompanying Firm Warrants or Option Shares and accompanying Option Warrants that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Securities or Option Securities to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.

 

6.2.         Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Securities or Option Securities. In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 relates to more than 10% of the number of Firm Shares and accompanying Firm Warrants or Option Shares and accompanying Option Warrants, the Representative may in its discretion arrange for itself or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Securities or Option Securities to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. If, within one (1) Business Day after such default relating to more than 10% of the number of Firm Shares and accompanying Firm Warrants or Option Shares and accompanying Option Warrants, the Representative does not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Securities or Option Securities, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one (1) Business Day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to the Representative to purchase said Firm Securities or Option Securities on such terms. In the event that neither the Representative nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Securities or Option Securities to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement will automatically be terminated by the Representative or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.10 and 5 hereof) or the several Underwriters (except as provided in Section 5 hereof); provided, however, that if such default occurs with respect to the Option Securities, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Securities; and provided, further, that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

6.3.         Postponement of Closing Date. In the event that the Firm Securities or Option Securities to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or Option Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that in the opinion of Representative Counsel may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Firm Securities or Option Securities.

 

7. Additional Covenants.

 

7.1.         Board Composition and Board Designations. The Company shall ensure as of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, that: (i) the qualifications of the persons serving as members of the Board of Directors and the overall composition of the Board of Directors comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Exchange Act and the listing rules of the Exchange or any other national securities exchange, as the case may be, in the event the Company seeks to have its Public Securities on another exchange or quoted on an automated quotation system, and (ii) if applicable, at least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange.

 

7.2.         Prohibition on Press Releases and Public Announcements. The Company shall not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Representative’s prior written consent, for a period ending at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the first (1st) Business Day following the fortieth (40th) day after the Closing Date, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.

 

28

 

 

8. 8. Effective Date of this Agreement and Termination Thereof.

 

8.1.         Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective when both the Company and the Representative have executed the same and delivered counterparts of such signatures to the other party.

 

8.2.         Termination. The Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to any Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the Representative’s opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction; or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in major hostilities; or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or federal authority; or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities markets; or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in your opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Firm Securities or Option Securities; or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder; or (viii) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of a Material Adverse Change, or an adverse material change in general market conditions as in the Representative’s judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Public Securities or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Public Securities.

 

8.3.         Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, except in the case of a default by the Underwriters, pursuant to Section 6.2 above, in the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Underwriters their actual and accountable out-of-pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein then due and payable (including the fees and disbursements of Representative Counsel) up to $50,000, and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters; provided, however, that such expense cap in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement.

 

8.4.         Indemnification. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be in any way affected by, such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

8.5.         Representations, Warranties, Agreements to Survive. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company or (ii) delivery of and payment for the Public Securities.

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

9.1.         Notices. All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed (registered or certified mail, return receipt requested), personally delivered or sent by facsimile transmission and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so delivered or emailed and confirmed (which may be by email) or if mailed, two (2) days after such mailing.

 

29

 

 

If to the Representative:

 

Kingswood Capital Markets

17 Battery Place, Suite 625

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Joseph T. Rallo

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Jolie Kahn, Esq.

12 E. 49th Street, 11th floor

New York, NY 10017

(516) 217-6379

joliekahnlaw@sbcglobal.net

 

If to the Company:

 

Alfi, Inc.

429 Lenox Avenue. Suite 547

Miami Beach, Florida 33139

Attn: Dennis McIntosh

Email: d.mcintosh@getalfi.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP

101 Constitution Avenue NW, Suite 900

Washington, DC 20001

Attn: Andrew M. Tucker, Esq.

Fax No.: (202) 689-2860

 

9.2.         Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.3.         Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

9.4.         Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9.5.         Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Representative, the Underwriters, the Company and the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives, heirs and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from any of the Underwriters.

 

9.6.          Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.1 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company agrees that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

30

 

 

9.7.          Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or email/pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

 

9.8.         Waiver, etc. The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way effect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

31

 

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  ALFI, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Confirmed as of the date first written above mentioned, on behalf of itself and as Representative of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto:    

 

KINGSWOOD CAPITAL MARKETS,  
division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.  

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE]

ALFI, INC. – UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Underwriter  

Total Number of

Firm Shares and
Accompanying Firm Warrants
to be

Purchased

 

Number of Additional

Option Shares and Accompanying
Option Warrants to be Purchased if

the Over-Allotment Option

 

is Fully Exercised

 Kingswood Capital Markets, division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.   [●]   [●]
TOTAL   [●]   [●]

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2-A

Pricing Information

 

Number of Firm Shares: [●]

Number of Firm Warrants: [●]

Number of Option Shares: [●]

Number of Option Warrants: [●]

Public Offering Price per Firm Share: $[●]

Public Offering Price per Firm Warrant: $[●]

Public Offering Price per Option Share: $[●]

Public Offering Price per Option Warrant: $[●]

Underwriting Discount per Firm Share: $[●]

Underwriting Discount per Firm Warrant: $[●]

Underwriting Discount per Option Share: $[●]

Underwriting Discount per Option Warrant: $[●]

Proceeds to Company per Firm Share (before expenses): $[●]

Proceeds to Company per Firm Warrant (before expenses): $[●]

Proceeds to Company per Option Share (before expenses): $[●]

Proceeds to Company per Option Warrant (before expenses): $[●]

Underwriting Non-accountable expense allowance per Firm Share: $[●]

 

SCHEDULE 2-B

 

Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses

 

1. As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March   , 2021.

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

List of Lock-Up Parties

 

  1. Lee Aerospace, Inc.

  2. Jim Lee

  3. Paul Pereira (or the trust)

  4. John Cook

  5. Charles Raglan Pereira

  6. Dennis McIntosh

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

____________, 2021

 

Kingswood Capital Markets,

division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.

as Representative of the Underwriters

17 Battery Place, Suite 625

New York, New York 10004

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that Kingswood Capital Markets, division of Benchmark Investments, Inc. (the “Representative”) proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Alfi, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Warrants,” and collectively with the Common Stock, the “Securities”).

 

To induce the Representative to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”) relating to the Public Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Securities, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any Lock-Up Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representative in connection with (a) transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period in connection with subsequent sales of Lock-Up Securities acquired in such open market transactions; (b) transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of a family member (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); (c) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to a charity or educational institution; or (d) if the undersigned, directly or indirectly, controls a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers of Lock-Up Securities to any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of similar equity interests in, the undersigned, as the case may be; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) or (d), (i) it shall be a condition to any such transfer that (i) the transferee/donee agrees to be bound by the terms of this lock-up agreement (including, without limitation, the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence) to the same extent as if the transferee/donee were a party hereto; (ii) each party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) shall not be required by law (including without limitation the disclosure requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Exchange Act) to make, and shall agree to not voluntarily make, any filing or public announcement of the transfer or disposition prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period; and (iii) the undersigned notifies the Representative at least two (2) business days prior to the proposed transfer or disposition.

 

 

 

 

180-day period for directors and executive officers; 90-day period for other owner of 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans; provided that it shall apply to any of the undersigned’s Common Stock issued upon such exercise, (ii) exercise of warrants; provided that it shall apply to any of the undersigned’s Common Stock issued upon such exercise, or (iii) the establishment of any new plan (a “Plan”) that satisfies all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) under the Exchange Act; provided that no sales of the undersigned’s Securities shall be made pursuant to such new Plan prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the provisions hereof), and such a Plan may only be established if no public announcement of the establishment or existence thereof and no filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authority in respect thereof or transactions thereunder or contemplated thereby, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, shall be required, and no such announcement or filing is made voluntarily, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the provisions hereof).

 

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s securities subject to this this lock-up agreement except in compliance with this this lock-up agreement.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any Securities that the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering; (ii) the Representative agrees that, at least three (3) business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver; and (iii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two (2) business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two (2) business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of Lock-Up Securities not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Representative are relying upon this lock-up agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this lock-up agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Securities to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this lock-up agreement.

 

This lock-up agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  (Name - Please Print)
   
   
  (Signature)

 

 

 

 

   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
   
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
     
  Address:  
     
     
     
     

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Press Release

 

ALFI, INC.

 

[Date]

 

Alfi, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Kingswood Capital Markets, division of Benchmark Investments, Inc., acting as representative for the underwriters in the Company’s recent public offering of _______ shares of the Company’s Common Stock, and warrants to purchase _______ shares of the Company’s Common Stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to _______ shares of Common Stock and accompanying Warrants held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on _______, 20___, and such shares of Common Stock and Warrants may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer or sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer or sale is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

See Transfer Restrictions on Reverse Side

 

No. SPECIMEN SPECIMEN Shares

 

ALFI, INC.

 

Incorporated Under the Laws of the State of Delaware

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value Per Share, Cusip No. 00161P 109

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT **Specimen** is the owner of **SPECIMEN (SPECIMEN)** fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value Per Share, of Alfi, Inc. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and amendments thereto filed or to be filed or recorded in the office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware and to the provisions of the By-Laws of the Corporation as now or hereafter amended.

 

WITNESS the signatures of the duly authorized officers of Alfi, Inc.

 

Dated: _____________

 

     
President   Secretary

 

A-1

 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF SUCH ACT.

 

For value received,__________________________hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto __________________

 

(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER(S) OF ASSIGNEE(S))

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

Shares represented by the within Certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated      

      Shareholder
      NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
Signature(s) Guaranteed:      
By:      

 

 

 

 

   

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15 OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE).

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

NELSON MULLINS RILEY & SCARBOROUGH LLP

ATTORNEYS AND COUNSELORS AT LAW

 

101 Constitution Avenue, NW | Suite 900

Washington, DC 20001

T 202.689.2800 F 202.689.2860

nelsonmullins.com

 

March 23, 2021

 

Alfi, Inc.

429 Lenox Avenue, Suite 547

Miami Beach, Florida 33139

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-251959)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (the “Registration Statement”), of Alfi, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), filed pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the offering by the Company of: (a) up to an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), including up to 450,000 shares that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option; (b) warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Warrants”); (c) up to an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (the “Warrant Shares”); (d) the representative’s warrants that will be issued by the Company to the representative of the underwriters of the offering (the “Representative’s Warrants”); and (e) up to 150,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants (the “Representative’s Warrant Shares”).

 

In arriving at the opinions expressed below, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction as being true and complete copies of the originals, of specimen common stock certificates, and such other documents, corporate records, certificates of officers of the Company and of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable to enable us to render the opinions set forth below. In our examination, we have assumed without independent investigation the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity and competency of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies.

 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that: (i) the Shares, when issued against payment therefor as set forth in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (ii) the Warrant Shares, when issued against payment therefor as set forth in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (iii) the Representative’s Warrant Shares, when issued upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (iv) the Warrants, when issued as set forth in the Registration Statement, will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms; and (v) the Representative’s Warrants, when issued as set forth in the Registration Statement, will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

 

The opinions expressed above are subject to the following additional exceptions, qualifications, limitations and assumptions:

 

California | Colorado | District of Columbia | Florida | Georgia | Maryland | Massachusetts | New York

North Carolina | South Carolina | Tennessee | West Virginia

 

 

 

 

Alfi, Inc.

March 23, 2021

Page 2

 

A. Our opinions expressed herein are limited to the laws of the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The opinions expressed herein are based upon the law of the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof and as of the effective date of the Registration Statement. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion in the event of future changes in such laws or the interpretations thereof or such facts.

 

B. The opinion in clause (iii) above is subject to (a) the effect of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, arrangement or similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors’ generally, including without limitation the effect of statutory or other laws regarding fraudulent transfers or preferential transfers, and (b) general principles of equity, including without limitation concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance, liquidated damages, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we further consent to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement and the prospectus that forms a part thereof. In giving these consents, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission.

 

  Very truly yours,

 

  /s/ Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made effective March 22, 2021, by and among the individual Lenders as specified on the signature page below (collectively, “Lender”), and ALFI INC., a Delaware corporation, having a business address of 429 Lenox Avenue, Suite 547, Miami Beach, Florida 33139 USA (“Borrower”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, Borrower, desires to borrow from Lender to meet its immediate working capital needs; and

 

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to borrow an aggregate of up to $250,000 (the “Loan”) from the Lender in order to meet the immediate working capital needs of the Borrower to operate its business; and

 

WHEREAS, Borrower intends to repay the Loan out of the proceeds expected to be realized by Borrower from a debt or equity offering; and

 

WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender desire to outline the business arrangement between them as it relates to the funding of such Loan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals, premises and the mutual agreements contained herein, and other good consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.      LOAN

 

1.1        Incorporation of Recitals. It is expressly agreed that the recitals to this Agreement are incorporated herein and made an operative part of this Agreement.

 

1.2        Loan. Lender hereby agrees to lend funds to Borrower and Borrower hereby accepts the Loan from Lender and agrees to repay the same plus applicable interest and costs and expenses upon terms and conditions as further set forth in this Agreement and its exhibit (collectively, the “Loan Documentation”). The Lender shall fund to the Borrower the amounts reasonably requested by the Borrower from time to time (each an “Installment Amount” and, collectively, the “Installment Amounts”); provided, however, that the aggregate sum of the Installment Amounts shall be no less than $50,000 (the “Floor”), and no more than $250,000 (the “Ceiling”); and provided, further, that once the aggregate sum of the Installment Amounts reach the Floor, the Lender shall have the right (at its sole discretion), but not the obligation, to fund any Installment Amounts to the Borrower up to the Ceiling.

 

1.3        Promissory Note. As evidence of the Loan, Borrower shall execute and deliver one or more promissory notes (a "Note") payable to Lender in substantially the same form as “Exhibit “A” (“Exhibit A”) which is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Page 1 of 14

 

1.4       Interest. Borrower shall pay interest to Lender on the Loan from the Funding Date at the rate of Eighteen Percent (18.0%) per annum (computed on the basis of actual calendar days elapsed and a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) days), or, if less, at the highest rate of interest then permitted under applicable law, until the earlier to occur of (i) the Maturity Date or (ii) the earlier repayment of the Note.

 

1.5         Principal. Lender shall make the Loan available to Borrower on or before March 22, 2021 (the “Funding Date”) in lawful money of the United States of America. The Loan plus interest and any and all unpaid costs and/or expenses shall be repaid by Borrower to Lender on or before the sooner of: (i) a debt or equity financing transaction of $7,000,000 or more, or (ii) June 30, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”). Borrower shall not be entitled to re-borrow any prepaid Loan, interest or other costs or charges.

 

1.6         Unsecured Loan. The Loan shall be unsecured.

 

1.7       Additional Financings. Borrower agrees that this Note is now and shall remain senior to any other subsequent debt of Borrower. Where Borrower seeks to enter into any debt or equity financing arrangement during the Term of this Note, then this Note and all related sums due shall immediately become due and payable in their entirety, provided however, at Lender’s sole option, Borrower may be permitted alternate repayment terms. Lender shall not unreasonably withhold its consent from any subordination requests reasonably made by Borrower.

 

1.8        Compliance. The parties intend that the Loan be undertaken in full compliance with state and federal laws and at non-usurious rates. In the event the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall found to be unlawful, this Agreement shall be voluntarily conformed/modified by the parties or by a court of competent jurisdiction, to come into compliance therewith.

 

ARTICLE 2.      RELATED LOAN PROVISIONS

 

2.1        Use of Proceeds. Borrower will use the proceeds solely for lawful business purposes, including, but not limited to, working capital for the expansion of the Borrower’s business and other related business activities.

 

2.2        Voting Common Stock Kicker. In connection with the Note, Borrower shall issue to Lender an amount of Voting Common Voting Stock in Borrower (the “Lender Shares”), with such Lender Shares equal to 1.260023 shares of Voting Common Stock for every $2 advanced under the Note (for example, if the full $250,000 is advanced under the Note, a total of 157,503 Shares of Voting Common Stock would be issued to Lender).

 

Page 2 of 14

 

2.3        Terms of Lender Shares. The Lender Shares shall be subject to the following features:

 

(a) Such Lender Shares shall be subject to a 12-month, post Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) re-sale “Lock-up” restriction.

 

(b) Following the term of the “Lock-up”, the Lender Shares can be sold by Lender upon the following terms:

 

a. Lender shall have the right following “Lock-Up,” to a one-time sale of up to 25% of the Lender Shares.

 

b. The remaining Lender Shares, which are not otherwise sold in such one-time sale (e.g., 75% of the Lender Shares if 25% of the Equity Shares are sold in the one-time sale), may only be sold if (i) the selling price per share is at least 110% of the IPO price per share, and (ii) if such sale combined with all other sales by such Lender during a thirty (30) day period, represents no more than 10% of the most recent 25-day average trading volume related to Borrower’s shares purchased and sold on the market.

 

(c) For a period of 36 months from the Funding Date, Borrower shall have the option, with Lender’s consent, to buy-back any Lender Shares still held by Lender, at a purchase price of $4 per share.

 

(d) Further, in all cases where Borrower is not in default of this Agreement, the Lender Shares shall under no circumstances be voted by Lender such that the Lender Shares when combined with Lender’s currently owned shares, shall exceed fifty percent (50%) of the then voting shares of Borrower (to be evaluated on a case-by-case basis), nor shall the Lender Shares be used to support any Written Consent pursuant to 8 Del. C. §141(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. For the sake of clarification, the Lender Shares may be voted in all cases where the vote, inclusive of non-Lender shares is unanimous, and where such approval is required to proceed with any IPO.

 

2.4        Costs and Expenses. Borrower shall be responsible for all documented out-of-pocket costs and reasonable and documented legal expenses incurred by Lender in connection with this Loan of up to $10,000, including processing fees, attorney fees, UCC searches, Florida Documentary Stamps, and filing fees.

 

ARTICLE 3.      CLOSING

 

3.1         Closing. The Closing of the Loan shall take place on the Funding Date simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement and the Note at such time and place as mutually agreed to between the parties (the “Closing”).

 

3.2          Lender’s Closing Deliverables. At the Closing, Lender shall deliver (i) this Agreement duly executed by Lender; and (ii) the initial draw of the Loan Amount to Borrower via bank check or wire transfer or such other manner as shall be mutually agreed upon between Borrower and Lender.

 

Page 3 of 14

 

3.3        Borrower’s Closing Deliverables. At the Closing, Borrower shall deliver: (i) this Agreement duly executed by Borrower; and (ii) the Note duly executed by Borrower.

 

3.4       Application of Payments. Unless a payment is made by Borrower and received at a time when no Default or Event of Default exists and is earmarked for a specific purpose (e.g., a periodic interest payment), the general rule for application of payments to the obligations shall call for application: (i) first, to accrued expense or indemnity obligations then due under this Agreement or the Note; (ii) second, to accrued interest under the Note; and (iii) third, to any amount of principal outstanding under the Note.

 

ARTICLE 4.      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF BORROWER

 

4.1       Authority. Borrower is a Delaware corporation in good standing and has the full power and legal authority to conduct its business and to make, deliver and perform this Agreement. Borrower has taken all necessary actions to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the borrowing on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other similar act by or in respect of, any governmental authority or any other person (including persons who are beneficiaries of obligations of Borrower) is required to be obtained or made by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement has been submitted to, ratified and approved by the Borrower in the manner required by law.

 

4.2        Effectiveness. This Agreement and the Note shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and except as enforceability may be subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

4.3        No Legal or Contractual Bar. This borrowing and the use of proceeds: (a) do not and will not violate any requirement of law or obligation of Borrower or permit the acceleration of any obligation of Borrower pursuant to any such obligation; and (b) do not and will not result in, or require, the creation of imposition of any lien on any of Borrower's properties or revenues pursuant to any such requirement of law or obligation other than the security interest granted to the Lender in the Collateral as set forth in the security provisions of the Note.

 

4.4       Waiver. Borrower has waived any potential conflict of interest that could otherwise ever be asserted against Lender arising out of matters relating to this Agreement or the Loan.

 

4.5        Information. To the best of its knowledge, Borrower confirms that: (a) all information and written materials which Borrower has provided or will provide to Lender in connection with the Loan are accurate in all material respects; and (b) Borrower has all the necessary authority to disclose, provide copies and authorize the use of such information and written materials to Lender. Lender is hereby authorized by Borrower to use such information and written materials for its evaluation of the Loan by its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives for internal assessment purposes and for the purpose of inclusion of information and materials to nominees selected by Lender for purposes of syndicating the proposed Loan.

 

Page 4 of 14

 

ARTICLE 5.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LENDER

 

5.1         Authority. Lender has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform this Agreement and to lend funds to Borrower, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other similar act by or in respect of, any governmental authority or any other person (including persons who are beneficiaries of obligations of Borrower) is required to be obtained or made by or on behalf of Lender in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

 

5.2        Effectiveness. Upon execution, this Agreement and its exhibit shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Lender, enforceable against Lender in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and except as enforceability may be subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

ARTICLE 6.      CONDITIONS OF LENDING

 

6.1         Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by each party to the other pursuant to this Agreement (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) shall, except to the extent that they relate to a particular date, be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date.

 

6.2      Financial Condition of Borrower. Borrower has provided or will provide all material information regarding the financial condition of Borrower as of the latest practicable date. During the term of the Loan, Borrower shall provide quarterly financial reports and make interim financial updates for material events to Lender. Additionally, should a default occur, Borrower shall be obligated to provide information on a weekly basis to Lender as the business develops such information and shall provide immediate access to all financial reporting, statements, books and records upon Lender’s request. This provision for disclosure shall be considered a material consideration for the provision of this Loan, and Borrower shall be deemed in default of this Agreement should accurate, timely and complete disclosures not occur.

 

6.3         Approval. This Agreement has been submitted to, ratified and approved by the Borrower and by Lender in the manner required by the law of Lender’s jurisdiction of residence.

 

Page 5 of 14

 

6.4      Compliance. Borrower will maintain and operate the business in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, industry and insurance requirements, in each case, in all material respects. Borrower shall obtain and maintain such authorizations, licenses, permits and other governmental or regulatory agency approvals as are required for the performance of this Agreement.

 

6.5       Insurance.     Borrower shall obtain and maintain liability and property and casualty insurance in such amounts, with insurers and under policies in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

6.6       No Default. Borrower shall have complied with each and every covenant and agreement applicable to it contained in this Agreement and the Note and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the Loan.

 

ARTICLE 7.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

7.1        Event of Default. An "Event of Default" shall mean any of the events specified herein; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied. The following are Events of Default under this Agreement, the Loan and the Note:

 

(a)        Borrower shall fail to pay: (i) any amount of principal payable under the Note when due in accordance with the terms hereof of or (ii) any interest or fees payable under the Note, in either case within then (10) business days of the date when due in accordance with the terms hereof, in both cases after a two (2) business day email by Lender to the then CFO of Borrower; or

 

(b)        Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and such default continues for thirty (30) days after the date that Lender has given written notice to Borrower specifying such default and requiring that it be remedied; or

 

(c)         Borrower shall (i) commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (C) cease doing business in the ordinary course; or (ii) there shall be commenced against Borrower any case, proceeding or other action or a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged, unstayed or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against Borrower any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; or (iv) Borrower shall take any corporate action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) Borrower shall fail to comply with all applicable federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, or exchange rules, or generally be unable to, or shall admit in writing its general inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

Page 6 of 14

 

(d)        Any representation or warranty made by Borrower under this Agreement shall be false or incorrect in any material respect on the date such representation or warranty was made;

 

(e)       The determination by Lender, in its sole reasonable discretion, that a debt or equity financing transaction of Borrower as currently contemplated, will not take place, or

 

(f)         This Agreement or any Note shall, for any reason, fail or cease to be enforceable in any material respect; then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of subsection (c) above, with respect to Borrower, automatically the Loan hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement or any Note shall immediately become due and payable, (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, Lender may, by written notice to Borrower, declare the Loan hereunder (with accrued but unpaid interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement or any Note to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable, (C) Lender may exercise all rights and remedies available to it in equity, at law, or pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise, and (D) Lender may exercise its privilege to collect on the entire amount of any outstanding principal and interest and any and all costs associated with collection (including attorney fees at any level).

 

7.2        Remedies Not Exclusive. The remedies conferred upon or reserved to Lender are intended to be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other remedy or remedies available to Lender.

 

ARTICLE 8.      MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1        Amendments. This Agreement and any terms hereof may not be amended, supplemented or modified except pursuant to a writing signed by both Lender and Borrower.

 

8.2          Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto be effective shall be in writing (including by fax and/or e-mail) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered: (i) by hand, upon receipt or (ii) three (3) days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or (ii) in the case of facsimile transmission notice, when received (with confirmation of receipt), or (iii) in the case of delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier, when received, in each case addressed to such addresses or fax number as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto.

 

8.3          Successors and Assigns. Borrower may not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Note without the consent of Lender. Lender may assign its interests in this Agreement or any Nate issued hereunder. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Page 7 of 14

 

8.4        Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable shall not invalidate or render enforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

8.5        Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to any conflicts of law provisions.

 

8.6        Dispute Resolution. In the event of a dispute the following actions shall be taken:

 

(a)        If a claim or controversy between the parties is not resolved for any reason, Lender and Borrower shall meet within twenty (20) days of written notice of one party to the other to attempt, in good faith, to settle or resolve the matter. Such process shall not stay any termination permitted under this Agreement. Compliance with the provisions of this paragraph shall be a condition precedent to any claim in any arbitration, judicial, or other dispute resolution process.

 

(b)        Excluding claims for injunctive relief, all controversies or disputes arising out of or relating to this Agreement that cannot be resolved by the parties’ authorized representatives shall be resolved by binding arbitration in accordance with the then current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The parties shall endeavor to select a mutually acceptable arbitrator knowledgeable about issues relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. In the event the parties are unable to agree to such a selection, each party will select an arbitrator and the two arbitrators shall in turn select a third arbitrator. The arbitration shall take place in Miami-Dade County, Florida.

 

(c)        All documents, materials, and information in the possession of each party that are in any way relevant to the claims or disputes shall be made available to the other party for review, inspection and copying no later than sixty (60) days after the notice of arbitration is served.

 

(d)       The arbitrators shall not have the authority, power, or right to alter, change, amend, modify, add, or subtract from any provision of this Agreement. The arbitrators shall have the power to issue mandatory orders, restraining orders, and injunctions in connection with the arbitration. The award entered by the arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the parties, and judgment may be entered thereon in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

8.7     Continuing Assurances. Borrower and Lender shall, whenever and as often as reasonably requested to do so by the other party, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be executed, acknowledged or delivered, any and all agreements and instruments as may be necessary, expedient or proper to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement, providing that the requesting party shall bear the cost and expense of such further agreements or documents (except that the parties shall bear their respective attorneys’ fees and costs).

 

[Signature page follows]

 

Page 8 of 14

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Bridge Loan Agreement and its exhibit to be duly executed and delivered on their behalf as of the date first above written.

 

Borrower  
ALFI, INC.  
 
By:      
 
Lender Lender
Lee Aerospace, Inc. Paul Antonio Pereira
 
By:     By:    
Title: CEO   Amount: $100,000.00  
Amount:  $100,000.00    
 
Lender  
Rachael Pereira  
 
By:      
Amount: $50,000.00    
 

Page 9 of 14

 

EXHIBIT A

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

[Attached]

 

Page 10 of 14

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$250,000 Miami, Florida   
  March 22, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned borrower (the “Borrower”) promises to pay to pay the individual Lenders as specified on the signature page below, and on a pro rata basis (collectively, “Lender”), at its principal office the aggregate principal sum of up to Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand ($250,000.00) (the “Maximum Principal Amount”), as updated and set forth on the attached Schedule 1, together with interest on the outstanding principal of each Installment Amount (as defined below) at the rate of Eighteen Percent (18.0%) per annum (computed on the basis of actual calendar days elapsed and a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) days), or, if less, at the highest rate of interest then permitted under applicable law. Interest shall commence respectively on the date when each Installment Amount is received by the Borrower and shall continue to accrue on the corresponding outstanding principal until paid in accordance with the provisions hereof. If any interest is determined to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of each interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of the applicable principal of the corresponding Installment Amount and applied against the principal of the obligations evidenced by this Promissory Note (this “Note”).

 

1.          Maturity. Unless sooner paid in accordance with the terms hereof, the entire unpaid principal amount as then set forth on Schedule 1 and all unpaid accrued interest of this Note shall become fully due and payable on the earlier of (i) a debt or equity financing transaction of Borrower of $7,000,000 or more, (ii) June 30, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”), or (iii) the acceleration of the maturity of this Note pursuant to Section 3.

 

2.         Installment Amounts. The Lender shall fund to the Borrower the amounts reasonably requested by the Borrower from time to time for its operating and/or capital expense purposes (each an “Installment Amount” and, collectively, the “Installment Amounts”) and the Borrower shall update Schedule 1 accordingly; provided, however, that the aggregate sum of the Installment Amounts set forth on Schedule 1 shall not exceed the Maximum Principal Amount; and provided, further, that the Lender shall have the right (at its sole discretion), but not the obligation to fund any Installment Amounts to the Borrower, up to the Maximum Principal Amount.

 

3.          Events of Acceleration. The entire unpaid principal amount of this Note and all then accrued and unpaid interest of this Note shall become fully due and payable upon the earliest of:

 

     (i)           the filing of a petition by or against the Borrower under any provision of the Bankruptcy Reform Act (Title 11 of the United States Code), as amended or recodified from time to time, or under any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other relief for debtors;

 

     (ii)           the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator of or for any part of these assets or property of the Borrower;

 

Page 11 of 14

 

     (iii)          immediately prior to the closing of an acquisition of the Borrower, whether by merger or the purchase of all of its outstanding stock or all (or substantially all) of its assets, by an unrelated third party;

 

     (iv)          the execution by the Borrower of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

    (v)         The determination by Lender, in its reasonable discretion, that a debt or equity financing transaction of Borrower as currently contemplated, will not take place.

 

4.          Form of Payment; Prepayment. All payments of principal and interest on this Note shall be made without offset or deduction in lawful tender of the United States to the Lender. All payments on this Note shall be applied first to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest, and thereafter to the payment of principal. Prepayment of the principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, may be made in whole or in part at any time without penalty.

 

5.          Unsecured Loan. The Borrower’s obligations under this Note shall be unsecured.

 

6.          Default. For purposes of this Note, the failure of the Borrower to pay when due the principal balance and accrued interest under this Note shall constitute an “Event of Default.” If an Event of Default occurs, all indebtedness under this Note shall become immediately due and payable without any action on the part of the Lender, and the Borrower shall immediately pay to the Lender all such amounts.

 

7.          Collection and Attorneys’ Fees. If any action is instituted to collect any indebtedness under this Note, then the Borrower promises to pay all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Lender in connection with such action.

 

8.          Assignment. The terms and conditions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Lender nor the Borrower may assign, pledge or otherwise transfer this Note without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

9.          Governing Law. This Note and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Florida, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

10.          Conflicting Agreements. In the event of any inconsistencies between the terms of this Note and the terms of any other document related to the loan evidenced by this Note, the terms of this Note shall prevail.

 

11.        Amendment. Any term of this Note may be amended and the observance of any term of this Note may be waived only with the written consent of the Lender and the Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower may update Schedule 1 attached hereto without such written consent in order to reflect additional Installment Amounts received by the Borrower from time to time.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

Page 12 of 14

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

  BORROWER
 
  AFLI INC.
 
  By:  
  Name: Paul Antonio Pereira
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

LENDER  
 
LEE AEROSPACE, INC.  
 
By:    
Name: James Lee  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

LENDER  
 
Paul Antonio Pereira  
 
By:    
Name:    

 

LENDER  
 
Rachael Pereira  
 
By:    
Name:    

 

Page 13 of 14

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

In accordance with Section 2 of this Note, the Lender has loaned to the Borrower the following Installment Amounts on the respective dates received by the Borrower, as set forth below:

 

Date Received by Borrower   Installment Amounts     Lender and Loan Amount
March 22, 2021   $ 100,000.00     Lee Aerospace, Inc
March 22, 2021   $ 100,000.00     Paul Antonio Pereira
March 22, 2021   $ 50,000.00 *   Rachael Pereira
             
             
             
             
             
           
Total   $ 250,000.00 **    

 

*combined total equals $50,000.00 (floor)

**In accordance with Article 1.2

 

Page 14 of 14

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 23, 2021

 

Alfi, Inc. and Subsidiaries

S-1 Consent

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Alfi, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated March 23, 2021, with respect to our audit of the financial statements of Alfi, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, which report appears in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

Please contact us directly with any questions.

 

Sincerely,